D Link SR500ACA1 AC800 Selectable Dual Band VPN Business Router User Manual

D Link Corporation AC800 Selectable Dual Band VPN Business Router

User manual

Wireless AC Services RouterUser ManualDSR-150/150N/250/250N/500/500N/1000/1000N/500AC/1000ACVersion 3.02 | May 14, 2015
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual iThe information in this document is subject to change without notice. The manufacturer makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specically disclaim any implied warranties of merchantability or tness for any particular purpose. The manufacturer reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation of the manufacturer to notify any person of such revision or changes.Manual RevisionsRevision Date Description2.00 July 31, 2014 • DSR Products with rmware version 2.002.01 November 17, 2014 • add License Update section 2.02 January 28, 2015 • DSR Products with rmware version 2.023.02 May 06, 2015 • applies to new DSR series models, DSR-500AC & DSR-1000ACTrademarks/Copyright NoticeD-Link and the D-Link logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of D-Link Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States or other countries. All other company or product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.© 2015 D-Link Corporation, All Rights ReservedThis publication, including all photographs, illustrations and software, is protected under international copyright laws, with all rights reserved. Neither this manual, nor any of the material contained herein, may be reproduced without written consent of the author.Limitations of LiabilityUNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL D-LINK OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER (E.G. DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFIT, SOFTWARE RESTORATION, WORK STOPPAGE, LOSS OF SAVED DATA OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES) RESULTING FROM THE APPLICATION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE D-LINK PRODUCT OR FAILURE OF THE PRODUCT, EVEN IF D-LINK IS INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHERMORE, DLINK WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST CUSTOMER FOR LOSSES OR DAMAGES. D-LINK WILL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT D-LINK RECEIVED FROM THE END-USER FOR THE PRODUCT.PrefacePreface
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual iiUse the following safety guidelines to ensure your own personal safety and to help protect your system from potential damage. Safety CautionsTo reduce the risk of bodily injury, electrical shock, re, and damage to the equipment, observe the following precautions:• Observe and follow service markings.• Do not service any product except as explained in your system documentation.• Opening or removing covers that are marked with the triangular symbol with a lightning bolt may expose you to electrical shock.• Only a trained service technician should service components inside these compartments.• If any of the following conditions occur, unplug the product from the electrical outlet and replace the part or contact your trained service provider:• The power cable, extension cable, or plug is damaged.• An object has fallen into the product.• The product has been exposed to water.• The product has been dropped or damaged.• The product does not operate correctly when you follow the operating instructions.• Keep your system away from radiators and heat sources. Also, do not block cooling vents.• Do not spill food or liquids on your system components, and never operate the product in a wet environment. If the system gets wet, see the appropriate section in your troubleshooting guide or contact your trained service provider.• Do not push any objects into the openings of your system. Doing so can cause re or electric shock by shorting out interior components.• Use the product only with approved equipment.• Allow the product to cool before removing covers or touching internal components.• Operate the product only from the type of external power source indicated on the electrical ratings label. If you are not sure of the type of power source required, consult your service provider or local power company.• Also, be sure that attached devices are electrically rated to operate with the power available in your location.• Use only approved power cable(s). If you have not been provided with a power cable for your system or for any AC powered option intended for your system, purchase a power cable that is approved for use in your country. The power cable must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product’s electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cable should be greater than the ratings marked on the product.• To help prevent electric shock, plug the system and peripheral power cables into properly grounded electrical outlets.Safety InstructionsPreface
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual iii• These cables are equipped with three-prong plugs to help ensure proper grounding. Do not use adapter plugs or remove the grounding prong from a cable. If you must use an extension cable, use a 3-wire cable with properly grounded plugs.• Observe extension cable and power strip ratings. Make sure that the total ampere rating of all products plugged into the extension cable or power strip does not exceed 80 percent of the ampere ratings limit for the extension cable or power strip. • To help protect your system from sudden, transient increases and decreases in electrical power, use a surge suppressor, line conditioner, or uninterruptible power supply (UPS).• Position system cables and power cables carefully; route cables so that they cannot be stepped on or tripped over. Be sure that nothing rests on any cables.• Do not modify power cables or plugs. Consult a licensed electrician or your power company for site modications.• Always follow your local/national wiring rules.• When connecting or disconnecting power to hot-pluggable power supplies, if oered with your system, observe the following guidelines:• Install the power supply before connecting the power cable to the power supply.• Unplug the power cable before removing the power supply.• If the system has multiple sources of power, disconnect power from the system by unplugging all power cables from the power supplies.• Move products with care; ensure that all casters and/or stabilizers are rmly connected to the system. Avoid sudden stops and uneven surfaces.Preface
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ivStatic electricity can harm delicate components inside your system. To prevent static damage, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of the electronic components, such as the microprocessor. You can do so by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface on the chassis.You can also take the following steps to prevent damage from electrostatic discharge (ESD):1. When unpacking a static-sensitive component from its shipping carton, do not remove the component from the antistatic packing material until you are ready to install the component in your system. Just before unwrapping the antistatic packaging, be sure to discharge static electricity from your body.2. When transporting a sensitive component, rst place it in an antistatic container or package.3. Handle all sensitive components in a static-safe area. If possible, use antistatic oor pads, workbench pads and an antistatic grounding strap.Protecting Against Electrostatic DischargePreface
Power UsageThis device is an Energy Related Product (ErP) with High Network Availability (HiNA), and automatically switches to a power-saving Network Standby mode within 1 minute of no packets being transmitted. It can also be turned o through a power switch to save energy when it is not needed.DSR-250NNetwork Standby:7.8336 wattsSwitched O: 0.1301 wattsDSR-250Network Standby: 7.8588 wattsSwitched O: 0.1290 wattsDSR-150NNetwork Standby: 8.2317 wattsSwitched O: 0.1283 wattsDSR-150Network Standby: 6.9133 wattsSwitched O: 0.12661 wattsDSR-1000NNetwork Standby: 10.969 wattsSwitched O: 0.0 wattsDSR-1000Network Standby: 10.912 wattsSwitched O: 0.0 wattsDSR-500NNetwork Standby: 11.487 wattsSwitched O: 0.0 wattsDSR-500Network Standby: 9.744 wattsSwitched O: 0.0 watts
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual viTable of ContentsPreface ........................................................................................................................................................... iManual Revisions ........................................................................................................................................................................iTrademarks/Copyright Notice ...............................................................................................................................................iLimitations of Liability ..............................................................................................................................................................iSafety Instructions ....................................................................................................................................................................iiSafety Cautions .................................................................................................................................................................iiProtecting Against Electrostatic Discharge .......................................................................................................... ivPower Usage ...............................................................................................................................................................................vIntroduction ................................................................................................................................................. 1Installation ................................................................................................................................................... 3Before you Begin ...................................................................................................................................................................... 3Connect to your Network ...................................................................................................................................................... 3Basic Conguration ..................................................................................................................................... 4#1 Log in to the Web UI .......................................................................................................................................................... 5#2 Change LAN IP Address .................................................................................................................................................... 6#3 Congure DHCP Server .................................................................................................................................................... 7#4 Set Time and Date .............................................................................................................................................................. 8#5 Internet Connection Setup ............................................................................................................................................. 9#6 Wireless Network Setup .................................................................................................................................................12#7 Create Users........................................................................................................................................................................13#8 Security/VPN Wizard .......................................................................................................................................................14#9 Dynamic DNS Wizard ......................................................................................................................................................16LAN Conguration ..................................................................................................................................... 17LAN Settings.............................................................................................................................................................................18DHCP Server ....................................................................................................................................................................19DHCP Relay ......................................................................................................................................................................20DHCP Reserved IPs .......................................................................................................................................................21IGMP Setup ...............................................................................................................................................................................22UPnP Setup ...............................................................................................................................................................................23Jumbo Frames .........................................................................................................................................................................24VLAN ...........................................................................................................................................................................................25VLAN Settings .................................................................................................................................................................25Captive Portal ..........................................................................................................................................................27Port/Wireless VLAN .......................................................................................................................................................28Connect to the Internet ............................................................................................................................. 30Dynamic IP .......................................................................................................................................................................30Table of Contents
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual viiStatic IP .............................................................................................................................................................................31PPPoE .................................................................................................................................................................................32PPTP ...................................................................................................................................................................................33L2TP ....................................................................................................................................................................................34Japanese PPPoE .............................................................................................................................................................35Russian PPPoE ................................................................................................................................................................36Russian PPTP ...................................................................................................................................................................37Russian L2TP ...................................................................................................................................................................38WAN2 Settings.........................................................................................................................................................................39WAN ...................................................................................................................................................................................39DMZ....................................................................................................................................................................................40WAN3 (3G Internet) ...............................................................................................................................................................41WAN Mode ................................................................................................................................................................................42Single WAN Port .............................................................................................................................................................42Auto-Rollover using WAN IP ......................................................................................................................................43Load Balancing ...............................................................................................................................................................44Round Robin ............................................................................................................................................................45Spillover ..................................................................................................................................................................... 46Routing Mode.................................................................................................................................................................47NAT or Classical .......................................................................................................................................................47Transparent ..............................................................................................................................................................48Bridge .........................................................................................................................................................................49IP Aliasing .........................................................................................................................................................................50DMZ Settings ..................................................................................................................................................................51DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs ............................................................................................................................52Dynamic DNS Settings ................................................................................................................................................53Trac Management .....................................................................................................................................................54Bandwidth Proles .................................................................................................................................................54Trac Shaping .........................................................................................................................................................56Routing ......................................................................................................................................................................................57Static Routes ...................................................................................................................................................................57RIP ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 59OSPF ...................................................................................................................................................................................60Protocol Binding ............................................................................................................................................................62IPv6 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................63IP Mode .............................................................................................................................................................................63WAN Settings ..................................................................................................................................................................64Dynamic IP ................................................................................................................................................................64Static IP.......................................................................................................................................................................65PPPoE ..........................................................................................................................................................................66Static Routing .................................................................................................................................................................67OSPFv3 .............................................................................................................................................................................. 696 to 4 Tunneling .............................................................................................................................................................71Table of Contents
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual viiiISATAP ................................................................................................................................................................................72LAN Settings ...................................................................................................................................................................73DHCPv6 Server ........................................................................................................................................................73IPv6 Address Pools .................................................................................................................................................75IPv6 Prex Length ..................................................................................................................................................76Router Advertisement ..........................................................................................................................................77Advertisement Prexes ........................................................................................................................................78IPv6 Tunnels Status ................................................................................................................................................79Wireless Settings ....................................................................................................................................... 80Access Points ............................................................................................................................................................................80Proles ........................................................................................................................................................................................82Radio Settings .........................................................................................................................................................................84802.11AC Conguration ......................................................................................................................................85WMM Settings .........................................................................................................................................................................86WDS .............................................................................................................................................................................................87Advanced Settings .................................................................................................................................................................88WPS .............................................................................................................................................................................................89VPN ............................................................................................................................................................. 91IPSec VPN ..................................................................................................................................................................................92Policies ..............................................................................................................................................................................92Tunnel Mode ...................................................................................................................................................................96Split DNS Names ............................................................................................................................................................97DHCP Range ....................................................................................................................................................................98Certicates .......................................................................................................................................................................99Trusted Certicates ................................................................................................................................................99Active Self Certicates ........................................................................................................................................100Self Certicate Requests ....................................................................................................................................101Easy VPN Setup ............................................................................................................................................................102PPTP VPN .................................................................................................................................................................................103Server ..............................................................................................................................................................................103Client................................................................................................................................................................................104PPTP Active Users List .........................................................................................................................................105L2TP VPN .................................................................................................................................................................................106Server ..............................................................................................................................................................................106Client................................................................................................................................................................................107L2TP Active Users List .........................................................................................................................................108SSL VPN ....................................................................................................................................................................................109Server Policies ..............................................................................................................................................................109Portal Layouts ...............................................................................................................................................................111Resources .......................................................................................................................................................................113Add New Resource...............................................................................................................................................113Port Forwarding ....................................................................................................................................................115Table of Contents
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ixClient................................................................................................................................................................................116Client Routes .................................................................................................................................................................117Open VPN ................................................................................................................................................................................118Settings ...........................................................................................................................................................................118Ser ver ........................................................................................................................................................................118Client .........................................................................................................................................................................119Access Server Client ............................................................................................................................................120Local Networks .............................................................................................................................................................121Remote Networks .......................................................................................................................................................122Authentication .............................................................................................................................................................123GRE ............................................................................................................................................................................................124Security .................................................................................................................................................... 126Groups ......................................................................................................................................................................................126Login Policies ................................................................................................................................................................127Browser Policies ...........................................................................................................................................................128IP Policies........................................................................................................................................................................129Users .........................................................................................................................................................................................130User Management ......................................................................................................................................................130Import User Database ...............................................................................................................................................131Create a User Database (CSV File) .........................................................................................................................132External Authentication Servers .....................................................................................................................................133RADIUS Server ..............................................................................................................................................................133POP3 Server...................................................................................................................................................................134POP3 Trusted Server ...................................................................................................................................................135LDAP Server ..................................................................................................................................................................136AD Server .......................................................................................................................................................................137NT Domain Server .......................................................................................................................................................139Login Proles .........................................................................................................................................................................140Web Content Filtering ........................................................................................................................................................143Static Filtering ..............................................................................................................................................................143Approved URLs ............................................................................................................................................................144Blocked Keywords .......................................................................................................................................................145Dynamic Filtering ........................................................................................................................................................146Firewall .....................................................................................................................................................................................147Firewall Rules ................................................................................................................................................................147Schedules .......................................................................................................................................................................149Custom Services ..........................................................................................................................................................150ALGs .................................................................................................................................................................................151SMTP ALGs ..............................................................................................................................................................152Approved Mail IDs ................................................................................................................................................153Blocked Mail IDs ....................................................................................................................................................154Mail Filtering ..........................................................................................................................................................155VPN Passthrough .........................................................................................................................................................156Table of Contents
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual xDynamic Port Forwarding ........................................................................................................................................157Application Rules .................................................................................................................................................157Attack Checks ...............................................................................................................................................................159Intel® AMT ......................................................................................................................................................................160IPS .....................................................................................................................................................................................161Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................162System Settings ....................................................................................................................................................................162Date and Time .......................................................................................................................................................................163Session Settings ....................................................................................................................................................................164License Updates ....................................................................................................................................................................165USB Share Ports .....................................................................................................................................................................166SMS Service ............................................................................................................................................................................167Inbox ................................................................................................................................................................................167Create SMS .....................................................................................................................................................................168Package Manager .................................................................................................................................................................169Set Language .........................................................................................................................................................................171Web GUI Management .......................................................................................................................................................172Remote Management .........................................................................................................................................................173SNMP ........................................................................................................................................................................................174SNMP User List .............................................................................................................................................................174SNMP Trap List ..............................................................................................................................................................175Access Control ..............................................................................................................................................................176SNMP System Info .......................................................................................................................................................177Diagnostics .............................................................................................................................................................................178Ping an IP Address/Domain Name ........................................................................................................................178Using Traceroute .........................................................................................................................................................179Performing DNS Lookups .........................................................................................................................................180Capture Packets ...........................................................................................................................................................181System Check ...............................................................................................................................................................182Power Saving ................................................................................................................................................................183Firmware Upgrade ...............................................................................................................................................................184Check Update ...............................................................................................................................................................184Using PC .........................................................................................................................................................................185Using USB .......................................................................................................................................................................186Conguration Files......................................................................................................................................................187Backup ......................................................................................................................................................................187Restore .....................................................................................................................................................................188Conguration Settings .......................................................................................................................................189Soft Reboot ...................................................................................................................................................................190Reset to Factory Default Settings ..........................................................................................................................191Log Settings ...........................................................................................................................................................................192Dening What to Log .................................................................................................................................................192Table of Contents
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual xiRouting Logs .................................................................................................................................................................194System Logs ..................................................................................................................................................................195Remote Logs .................................................................................................................................................................196Syslog Server ................................................................................................................................................................198Event Logs .....................................................................................................................................................................199IPv6 Logs ........................................................................................................................................................................200Status and Statistics ................................................................................................................................ 201Dashboard ..............................................................................................................................................................................201Manage Dashboard ....................................................................................................................................................202System ......................................................................................................................................................................................203LAN Info ...................................................................................................................................................................................204WAN1 ........................................................................................................................................................................................205WAN2 ........................................................................................................................................................................................206WAN3 ........................................................................................................................................................................................207Wireless ....................................................................................................................................................................................208All Logs .....................................................................................................................................................................................209Current Logs ..................................................................................................................................................................209Firewall Logs .................................................................................................................................................................210IPSec VPN Logs .............................................................................................................................................................211SSL VPN Logs ................................................................................................................................................................212USB Status ...............................................................................................................................................................................213Network Information ..........................................................................................................................................................214DHCP Leased Clients ..................................................................................................................................................214Active Sessions .............................................................................................................................................................215Active VPNs....................................................................................................................................................................216Interface Statistics .......................................................................................................................................................217View Wireless Clients..................................................................................................................................................218Device Stats ...................................................................................................................................................................219Wireless Statistics ........................................................................................................................................................220View LAN Clients .........................................................................................................................................................221Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................................... 222Internet Connection ............................................................................................................................................................222Date and time ........................................................................................................................................................................224Pinging to Test LAN Connectivity ...................................................................................................................................225Testing the LAN path from your PC to your router ........................................................................................225Testing the LAN path from your PC to a remote device ................................................................................226Restoring factory-default conguration settings .....................................................................................................227Appendix A - Glossary ............................................................................................................................. 228Appendix B - Factory Default Settings ................................................................................................... 230
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual xiiAppendix C - Standard Services for Port Forwarding & Firewall Conguration ................................ 231Appendix D - Log Output Reference ...................................................................................................... 232Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs ................................................................................................................... 295Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) .................................................... 296Appendix G - Product Statement ........................................................................................................... 299
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 1Section 1 - IntroductionIntroductionD-Link Services Routers oer a secure, high performance networking solution to address the growing needs of small and medium businesses. Integrated high-speed IEEE 802.11n/ac and 3G wireless technologies oer comparable performance to traditional wired networks, but with fewer limitations. Optimal network security is provided via features such as virtual private network (VPN) tunnels, IP Security (IPsec), Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP), and Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Empower your road warriors with clientless remote access anywhere and anytime using SSL VPN tunnels. With the D-Link Services Router you are able to experience a diverse set of benets:• Comprehensive Management Capabilities The DSR-500, DSR-500N, DSR-1000, DSR-1000N, DSR-500AC, and DSR-1000AC include dual-WAN Gigabit Ethernet which provides policy-based service management ensuring maximum productivity for your business operations. The failover feature maintains data trac without disconnecting when a landline connection is lost. The Outbound Load Balancing feature adjusts outgoing trac across two WAN interfaces and optimizes the system performance resulting in high availability. The solution supports conguring a port as a dedicated DMZ port allowing you to isolate servers from your LAN. Note: DSR-150/150N/250/250N product have a single WAN interface, and thus it does not support Auto Failover and Load Balancing scenarios.• Superior Wireless Performance Designed to deliver superior wireless performance, the DSR-500N and DSR-1000N include 802.11 a/b/g/n support, allowing for operation on either the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz radio bands. Multiple In Multiple Out (MIMO) technology allows the DSR-500N and DSR-1000N to provide high data rates with minimal “dead spots” throughout the wireless coverage area. Next generation wireless performance is available on the DSR-500AC and DSR-1000AC, which introduce 802.11AC support to the family. Available on the 5 GHz band, the combination of wider RF bandwidths and up to 8 MIMO streams take data rates available to supporting AC clients to the next level. Note: DSR-150N, DSR-250N and DSR-500N support the 2.4GHz radio band only.• Flexible Deployment Options The DSR series supports Third Generation (3G) Networks via an extendable USB 3G dongle. This 3G network capability oers an additional secure data connection for networks that provide critical services. The product can be congured to automatically switch to a 3G network whenever a physical link is lost.• Robust VPN features A fully featured virtual private network (VPN) provides your mobile workers and branch oces with a secure link to your network. The DSR products are capable of simultaneously managing 5, 5, 10, 20 Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) VPN tunnels respectively, empowering your mobile users by providing remote access to a central corporate database. Site-to-site VPN tunnels use IP Security (IPsec) Protocol, Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), or Layer 2 Tunneling
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 2Section 1 - IntroductionProtocol (L2TP) to facilitate branch oce connectivity through encrypted virtual links. The DSR-150/150N, DSR-250/250N, DSR-500/500N and DSR-1000/1000N support 10, 25, 35 and 100 simultaneous IPsec VPN tunnels respectively. The DSR-500AC and DSR-1000AC support 35 and 100 simultaneous IPsec VPN tunnels respectively.• Ecient D-Link Green Technology As a concerned member of the global community, D-Link is devoted to providing eco-friendly products. D-Link Green Wi-Fi and D-Link Green Ethernet save power and prevent waste. The D-Link Green WLAN scheduler reduces wireless power automatically during o-peak hours. Likewise the D-Link Green Ethernet program adjusts power usage based on the detected cable length and link status. In addition, compliance with RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances) and WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) directives make D-Link Green certied devices the environmentally responsible choice.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 3Section 2 - InstallationInstallationObserve the following precautions to help prevent shutdowns, equipment failures, and injuries:• Ensure that the room in which you operate the device has adequate air circulation and that the room temperature does NOT exceed 40˚C (104˚F).• Allow 1 meter (3 feet) of clear space to the front and back of the device.• Do NOT place the device in an equipment rack frame that blocks the air vents on the sides of the chassis. Ensure that enclosed racks have fans and louvered sides.• Before installation, please correct these hazardous conditions: moist or wet oors, leaks, ungrounded or frayed power cables, or missing safety grounds.Before you BeginThis section provides information and steps on how to connect your DSR router to your network. Connect to your NetworkThis section provides basic information about physically connecting the DSR-250 to a network. 1. Connect an Ethernet cable from the port labeled WAN to the external router or modem. The port WAN is pre-allocated to the WAN network segment. 2. Connect an Ethernet cable from one of the LAN ports to a switch or a computer in the LAN network segment.3. Connect an RJ45-to-DB9 cable from the console port for CLI (Command Line Interface) management access (optional). Note: Refer to the Quick Installation Guide included with your router for more information on network connectivity, port, and LED information.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 4Section 3 - Basic CongurationBasic CongurationAfter you install the router, perform the basic conguration instructions described in this section which includes:• “#1 Log in to the Web UI” on page 5• “#2 Change LAN IP Address” on page 6• “#3 Congure DHCP Server” on page 7• “#4 Set Time and Date” on page 8• “#5 Internet Connection Setup” on page 9• “#6 Wireless Network Setup” on page 12• “#7 Create Users” on page 13• “#8 Security/VPN Wizard” on page 14• “#9 Dynamic DNS Wizard” on page 16
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 5Section 3 - Basic CongurationNote: The workstation from which you manage the router must be in the same subnet as the router (192.169.10.0/24).To access the device with the Web UI:1. Connect your workstation to an available LAN port on the router.2. Ensure your workstation has DHCP enabled or is assigned a static IP address within the 192.168.10.0/24 subnet. Note: Disable pop-up blocking software or add the management IP address http://192.168.10.1 to your pop-up blocker’s allow list.3. Launch a browser, enter the IP address for the LAN interface (default = http://192.168.10.1), and then press Enter.4. Enter your username (default = admin) and your password (default = admin), then click Login.#1 Log in to the Web UIThe LAN connection may be through the wired Ethernet ports available on the router, or once the initial setup is complete, the DSR may also be managed through its wireless interface. Access the router’s Web user interface (Web UI) for management by using any web browser, such as Internet Explorer, Firefox, Chrome, or Safari.5. The web management interface opens with the Status > Dashboard page. This page displays general, LAN, and WLAN status information. You can return to this page at any time by clicking Status > Dashboard.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 6Section 3 - Basic Conguration#2 Change LAN IP Address1. Log in to the router.2. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. The LAN Settings page will appear.To change the LAN IP address of the router, follow the steps below:Note: If you change the IP address and click Save, the Web UI will not respond. Open a new connection to the new IP address and log in again. Be sure the LAN host (the machine used to manage the router) has obtained an IP address from newly assigned pool (or has a static IP address in the router’s LAN subnet) before accessing the router via changed IP address.3. Under IP Address Setup, enter a new IP address for the router.4. Enter a new subnet mask if needed.5. Click Save at the bottom of the page.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 7Section 3 - Basic Conguration#3 Congure DHCP Server1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. The LAN Settings page will appear.To change the DHCP settings of the router, follow the steps below:3. From the DHCP Mode drop-down menu under DHCP Setup, select None (disable), DHCP Server (enable), or DHCP Relay. Note: DHCP Relay will allow DHCP clients on the LAN to receive IP address leases and corresponding information from a DHCP server on a dierent subnet. When LAN clients make a DHCP request it will be passed along to the server accessible via the Relay Gateway IP address you enter.4. If enabled, ll in the following elds:Field DescriptionStarting IP AddressEnter the starting IP address in the DHCP address pool. Any new DHCP cli-ent joining the LAN is assigned an IP address within the starting and end-ing IP address range. Starting and ending IP addresses should be in the same IP address subnet as the wireless controller’s LAN IP address.Ending IP Address Enter the ending IP address in the DHCP address pool.Default GatewayBy default this setting is router’s LAN IP address. It can be customized to any valid IP within the LAN subnet, in the event that the network’s gateway is not this router. The DHCP server will give the congured IP address as the Default Gateway to its DHCP clients.Domain Name Enter a domain name.Lease Time Enter the time, in hours, for which IP addresses are leased to clients.Congure DNS/WINS Toggle to On and enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es).5. Click Save at the bottom of the page.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 8Section 3 - Basic Conguration#4 Set Time and Date1. Log in to the router.2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. If you want to manually congure your date/time settings, refer to “Date and Time” on page 163.3. Click Run in the Date and Time Wizard box.4. Click the continent from the map and then next to City, select your time zone from the drop-down menu. Toggle Daylight Saving to ON if it applies to you and then click Next.5. Toggle NTP server to ON to use a time server or toggle to OFF to manually enter the time and date.6. If you selected ON, select either Default or Custom from the drop-down menu. If you selected Custom, enter a primary and secondary NTP server address. 7. Enter the time to synchronize with the NTP server and click Save.8. A summary page will appear. Verify your settings and then click Finish.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 9Section 3 - Basic Conguration#5 Internet Connection Setup1. Log in to the router.2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. If you want to manually congure your Internet settings, refer to “Connect to the Internet” on page 30.This router has two WAN ports that can be used to establish a connection to the internet. It is assumed that you have arranged for internet service with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Please contact your ISP or network administrator for the conguration information that will be required to setup the router. Supported Internet connection types include Dynamic, Static, PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP, Japanese PPPoE, and Russian PPPoE/PPTP/L2TP.To congure your router to connect to the Internet, follow the steps below:3. Click Run in the Internet Connection Wizard box.4. Toggle On next to either DHCP or Static IP Address and click Next. If your connection type is not listed, refer to “Connect to the Internet” on page 30.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 10Section 3 - Basic Congurationa. If you selected DHCP, complete the elds below: Field DescriptionMAC Address SourceThis MAC address will be recognized by your ISP. Select from the following three options:• Use Default Address - Uses the default MAC address of the router.• Clone your PC’s MAC Address - Select to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently connecting with.• Use this MAC Address - Select to manually enter a MAC address and enter the address in the box.Host Name Enter a host name if required by your ISP.DNS Server SourceSelect from the following two options:• Get Dynamically from ISP - Select to use the DNS servers assigned by your ISP.• Use these DNS Servers - Select to manually enter a primary and secondary DNS server address(es).Skip to Step 5 on the bottom of the next page.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 11Section 3 - Basic Congurationb. If you selected Static, complete the elds below: Field DescriptionIP Address Enter the IP address assigned by your ISP.Gateway IP Address Enter the gateway IP address assigned by your ISP.IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask assigned by your ISP.Primary DNS Server Enter the primary DNS server IP address assigned by your ISP.Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address assigned by your ISP.5. Click Save. The router will reboot and attempt to connect to your ISP. Please allow one to two minutes to connect.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 12Section 3 - Basic Conguration#6 Wireless Network Setup1. Log in to the router.2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. This wizard provides a step-by-step guide to create and secure a new access point on the router. The network name (SSID) is the AP identier that will be detected by supported clients. The Wizard uses a TKIP+AES cipher for WPA / WPA2 security; depending on support on the client side, devices associate with this AP using either WPA or WPA2 security with the same pre -shared key. The wizard has the option to automatically generate a network key for the AP. This key is the pre-shared key for WPA or WPA2 type security. Supported clients that have been given this PSK can associate with this AP. The default (auto-assigned) PSK is “passphrase”. 5. Enter a SSID, which is the name of your wireless network.6. Next to Network Key Type, select Manual. 7. Enter a password for the wireless network. Wireless devices connecting to this network must enter this password to connect. The password is case-sensitive.8. Click Save.9. A window will appear with a summary of your settings. Click Finish.3. Click Run in the Wireless Wizard box.4. The wizard screen will appear.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 13Section 3 - Basic Conguration#7 Create Users1. Log in to the router.2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Users Wizard box.The Users Wizard allows you to create user account that you can assign to groups. Refer to “Users” on page 130 for more information. You may want to create Groups before users so you may assign them to groups as you create them. To create groups, refer to “Groups” on page 126.To create new users, follow the steps below:5. Enter a unique user name.6. Select the group type from the drop-down menu. For more information on groups, refer to “Groups” on page 126. 7. Enter a password for the user.8. Enter the password again for conrmation.9. Click Save.4. The wizard screen will appear.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 14Section 3 - Basic Conguration#8 Security/VPN Wizard1. Log in to the router.2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Security Wizard box.The Security Wizard allows you to enable VPN passthrough and create a VPN.Follow the steps below:4. The wizard screen will appear.5. Select the default outbound policy from the drop-down menu.6. Toggle which type(s) of VPN you want allowed to pass through the router to ON and click Next.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 15Section 3 - Basic CongurationNote: The IP address range used on the remote LAN must be dierent from the IP address range used on the local LAN.7. You can quickly create both IKE and VPN policies. Once the IKE or VPN policy is created, you can modify it as required.8. From the Select VPN Type drop-down menu, select either Site to Site or Remote Access.9. Next to Connection Name, enter a name for this VPN connection.10. Next to IP Protocol Version, select either IPv4 or IPv6.11. Next to IKE Version, select the version of IKE.12. Next to Pre-Shared Key, enter the pre-shared key used.13. Next to Local Gateway, select which WAN port used for the local gateway.14. Next to Remote Gateway Type and Local Gateway Type, select either IP Address or FQDN.15. Enter the Remote and Local WAN IP Address or FQDN and click Next.16. Enter the remote network IP address and subnet mask.17. Enter the local network IP address and subnet mask.18. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 16Section 3 - Basic Conguration#9 Dynamic DNS WizardDynamic DNS (DDNS) is an Internet service that allows routers with varying public IP addresses to be located using Internet domain names. To use DDNS, you must setup an account with a DDNS provider such as DynDNS.org, D-Link DDNS, or Oray.net. Refer to “Dynamic DNS Settings” on page 53 for more information.Follow the steps below:5. Next to Dynamic DNS, select WAN1 or WAN2.6. Select the DNS Server Type from the drop-down menu.7. Depending on your service, enter your DDNS user name, password, and domain name.8. Toggle Allow Wildcards to ON if required by your DDNS service.9. Toggle Update Periodically to ON to auto update every 30 days.10. Click Save.1. Log in to the router.2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Dynamic DNS Wizard box.4. The wizard screen will appear.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 17Section 4 - LAN CongurationLAN CongurationBy default, the router functions as a Dynamic Host Conguration Protocol (DHCP) server to the hosts on the LAN and WLAN network. With DHCP, PCs and other LAN devices can be assigned IP addresses as well as addresses for DNS servers, Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) servers, and the default gateway. With DHCP server enabled the router’s IP address serves as the gateway address for LAN and WLAN clients. The PCs in the LAN are assigned IP addresses from a pool of addresses specied in this procedure. Each pool address is tested before it is assigned to avoid duplicate addresses on the LAN.For most applications, the default DHCP and TCP/IP settings are satisfactory. If you want another PC on your network to be the DHCP server or if you are manually conguring the network settings of all of your PCs, set the DHCP mode to ‘none’. DHCP relay can be used to forward DHCP lease information from another DHCP server on the network. This is particularly useful for wireless clients.Instead of using a DNS server, you can use a Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) server. A WINS server is the equivalent of a DNS server but uses the NetBIOS protocol to resolve host names. The router includes the WINS server IP address in the DHCP conguration when acknowledging a DHCP request from a DHCP client.You can also enable DNS proxy for the LAN. When this is enabled the router then as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicates with the ISP’s DNS servers. When disabled all DHCP clients receive the DNS IP addresses of the ISP.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 18Section 4 - LAN CongurationField DescriptionIP Address Enter an new IP address for the router. Default is 192.168.10.1.Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for your network. Default is 255.255.255.0.DHCP ModeSelect one of the following modes:• None - Turns o DHCP.• DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server on your network.• DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your network will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a dierent subnet.LAN SettingsPath: Network > LAN > LAN SettingsTo congure the LAN settings on the router:1. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. 2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 19Section 4 - LAN CongurationDHCP ServerField DescriptionDHCP Mode Select DHCP Server from the drop-down menu.Starting IP AddressEnter the starting IP address in the DHCP address pool. Any new DHCP client joining the LAN is assigned an IP address within the starting and ending IP address range. Starting and ending IP addresses must be in the same IP address subnet as the router’s LAN IP address.Ending IP Address Enter the ending IP address in the DHCP address pool.Default Gateway Enter the default gateway IP address you want to assign to your DHCP clients. This IP is usually the router’s LAN IP address (default is 192.168.10.1).Domain Name Enter a domain name.Lease Time Enter the time, in hours, for which IP addresses are leased to clients.Congure DNS/WINSToggle to On to manually enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). If set to O, your router’s LAN IP address will be assigned the DNS server to your clients and the router will get the DNS information from your ISP.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.1. Select DHCP Server from the drop-down menu.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 20Section 4 - LAN CongurationDHCP RelayField DescriptionDHCP Mode Select DHCP Relay from the drop-down menu.Domain Name Enter the domain name of your network.Gateway Enter the relay gateway IP address.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.1. Select DHCP Relay from the drop-down menu.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 21Section 4 - LAN CongurationDHCP Reserved IPsThe router’s DHCP server can assign IP settings to your clients on your network by adding a client’s MAC address and the IP address to be assigned. Whenever the router receives a request from a client, the MAC address of that client is compared with the MAC address list present in the database. If an IP address is already assigned to that computer or device in the database, the customized IP address is congured otherwise an IP address is assigned to the client automatically from the DHCP pool.Field DescriptionHost Name Enter a host name for this device. Do not use spaces.IP Address Enter the IP address you want to assign to this device. Note that this IP address must be in the same range as the starting/ending IP address under DHCP Settings.MAC Address Enter the MAC address of this device (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx format). This is not case-sensitive.Associate with IP/MAC Binding Toggle ON to associate this device’s information with IP/MAC binding.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.Path: Network > LAN > LAN DHCP Reserved IPsTo create DHCP reservations:1. Click Network > LAN > LAN DHCP Reserved IPs. 2. Click Add New DHCP Reserved IP. 3. Enter the following information and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 22Section 4 - LAN CongurationIGMP SetupPath: Network > LAN > IGMP SetupIGMP snooping (IGMP Proxy) allows the router to ‘listen’ in on IGMP network trac through the router. This then allows the router to lter multicast trac and direct it only to hosts that need this stream. This is helpful when there is a lot of multicast trac on the network where all LAN hosts do not need to receive this multicast trac. To enable IGMP Proxy:1. Click Network > LAN > IGMP Setup. 2. Toggle IGMP Proxy to On.3. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 23Section 4 - LAN CongurationUPnP SetupPath: Network > LAN > UPnPUniversal Plug and Play (UPnP) is a feature that allows the router to discover devices on the network that can communicate with the router and allow for auto-conguration. If a network device is detected by UPnP, the router can open internal or external ports for the trac protocol required by that network device. If disabled, the router will not allow for automatic device conguration and you may have to manually open/forward ports to allow applications to work. To congure the UPnP settings:1. Click Network > LAN > UPnP. 2. Toggle Activate UPnP to On.3. Select a VLAN from the LAN Segment drop-down menu.4. Enter a value for Advertisement Period. This is the frequency that the router broadcasts UPnP information over the network. A large value will minimize network trac but cause delays in identifying new UPnP devices to the network.5. Enter a value for Advertisement Time to Live. This is the number of steps a packet is allowed to propagate before being discarded. Small values will limit the UPnP broadcast range. A default of 4 is typical for networks with a few number of switches.6. Click Save.7. Your entry will be displayed in the UPnP Port Map List. To edit or delete, right-click an entry and select the action from the menu. Repeat steps 2-6 to add multiple entries.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 24Section 4 - LAN CongurationJumbo FramesJumbo frames are Ethernet frames with more than 1500 bytes of payload. When this option is enabled, the LAN devices can exchange information at Jumbo frames rate.Path: Network > LAN > Jumbo FramesTo enable jumbo frames:1. Click Network > LAN > Jumbo Frames. 2. Toggle Activate Jumbo Frames to On.3. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 25Section 4 - LAN CongurationVLANVLAN SettingsPath: Network > VLAN > VLAN SettingsThe VLAN List page displays a list of congured VLANs by name and VLAN ID. A VLAN membership can be created by clicking the Add New VLAN button below the list.A VLAN membership entry consists of a VLAN identier and the numerical VLAN ID which is assigned to the VLAN membership. The VLAN ID value can be any number from 2 to 4091. VLAN ID 1 is reserved for the default VLAN, which is used for untagged frames received on the interface.The router supports virtual network isolation on the LAN with the use of VLANs. LAN devices can be congured to communicate in a sub network dened by VLAN identiers. LAN ports can be assigned unique VLAN IDs so that trac to and from that physical port can be isolated from the general LAN.VLAN ltering is particularly useful to limit broadcast packets of a device in a large network VLAN support is enabled by default in the router. In the VLAN Conguration page, enable VLAN support on the router and then proceed to the next section to dene the virtual network. To create a new VLAN: 1. Click Network > LAN > VLAN Settings. 2. Click Add New VLAN at the bottom.3. Enter the following required information from the table on the next page.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 26Section 4 - LAN CongurationField DescriptionVLAN ID Enter a number between 2 and 4053.Name Enter a name for your VLAN.Captive Portal Toggle ON to enable Captive Portal (refer to the next page for more information).Activate InterVLAN RoutingToggle ON to allow routing between multiple VLANs or OFF to deny communication between VLANs.IP Address Enter the IP address for the VLAN.Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for the VLAN.DHCP ModeSelect one of the following modes:• None - Turns o DHCP for your VLAN.• DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server for your VLAN.• DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your VLAN will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a dierent subnet.Enable DNS Proxy Toggle ON to enable the router to act as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicate with the ISP’s DNS servers.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 27Section 4 - LAN CongurationCaptive PortalNote: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not have support for the Captive Portal feature. Captive Portal is available for LAN users only and not for DMZ hosts.Captive Portals can be enabled on a per-VLAN basis. Hosts of a particular VLAN can be directed to authenticate via the Captive Portal, which may be a customized portal with unique instructions and branding as compared to another VLAN. The most critical aspect of this conguration page is choosing the authentication server. All users (VLAN hosts) that want to gain internet access via the selected Captive Portal will be authenticated through the selected server.To enable Creative Portal to a specic VLAN: 1. Click Network > LAN > VLAN Settings. 2. Click Add New VLAN at the bottom or right-click an existing VLAN and select Edit.3. Toggle Captive Portal to ON.4. Next to Authentication Server, select an authentication server from the drop-down menu.5. Next to Login Prole Name, select a prole from the drop-down or click Create a Prole to create a new one. 6. Select either HTTP or HTTPS for the redirect type.7. If you want users to enter a CAPTCHA challenge at login, toggle to ON.8. If you would like communication between VLANs, toggle Activate InterVLAN Routing to ON.9. Make any other changes/selections and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 28Section 4 - LAN CongurationPort/Wireless VLANPath: Network > VLAN Settings > Port VLANIn order to tag all trac through a specic LAN port with a VLAN ID, you can associate a VLAN to a physical port and wireless segment.VLAN membership properties for the LAN and wireless LAN are listed on this page. The VLAN Port table displays the port identier, the mode setting for that port and VLAN membership information. The conguration page is accessed by selecting one of the four physical ports or a congured access point and clicking Edit.To edit, right-click on the port and select Edit. The edit page oers the following conguration options:• Mode: The mode of this VLAN can be General, Access (default), or Trunk. Refer to the next page for more information on the dierent modes.• Select PVID for the port when General mode is selected.• Congured VLAN memberships will be displayed on the VLAN Membership Conguration for the port. By selecting one more VLAN membership options for a General or Trunk port, trac can be routed between the selected VLAN membership IDs.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 29Section 4 - LAN CongurationIn Access mode the port is a member of a single VLAN (and only one). All data going into and out of the port is untagged. Trac through a port in access mode looks like any other Ethernet frame.In General mode the port is a member of a user selectable set of VLANs. The port sends and receives data that is tagged or untagged with a VLAN ID. If the data into the port is untagged, it is assigned the dened PVID. For example, if Port 3 is a General port with PVID 3, then the untagged data into Port 3 will be assigned PVID 3. All tagged data sent out of the port with the same PVID will be untagged. This is mode is typically used with IP Phones that have dual Ethernet ports. Data coming from phone to the switch port on the router will be tagged. Data passing through the phone from a connected device will be untagged.Note: The DSR-150/150N do not support General mode due to hardware limitations.In Trunk mode the port is a member of a user selectable set of VLANs. All data going into and out of the port is tagged. Untagged coming into the port is not forwarded, except for the default VLAN with PVID=1, which is untagged. Trunk ports multiplex trac for multiple VLANs over the same physical link.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 30Section 5 - Connect to the InternetConnect to the InternetThis router has two WAN ports that can be used to establish a connection to the internet. It is assumed that you have arranged for internet service with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Please contact your ISP or network administrator for the conguration information that will be required to setup the router.Dynamic IPPath: Network > Internet > WAN1 SettingsSelect Dynamic IP (DHCP) to obtain IP address information automatically from your Internet Service Provider. Field DescriptionHost Name Enter a host name if required by your ISP.DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS serversPrimary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.MAC Address SourceSelect Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.MAC Address If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.MTU Size Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Port Speed Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 31Section 5 - Connect to the InternetStatic IPPath: Network > Internet > WAN1 SettingsSelect Static IP to manually enter the Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field DescriptionIP Address Enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.Gateway IP Address Enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.MAC Address SourceSelect Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.MAC Address If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.MTU Size Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Port Speed Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 32Section 5 - Connect to the InternetPPPoEPath: Network > Internet > WAN1 SettingsSelect PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field DescriptionAddress Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).User Name Enter your PPPoE user name.Password Enter your PPPoE password.Service Enter if your ISP requires it.Authentication Type Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.Reconnect ModeSome ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.MAC Address SourceSelect Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.MAC Address If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.MTU Size Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Port Speed Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 33Section 5 - Connect to the InternetPPTPPath: Network > Internet > WAN1 SettingsSelect PPTP to enter the PPTP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field DescriptionAddress Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).Server Address Enter your PPTP server address.User Name Enter your PPTP user name.Password Enter your PPTP password.MPPE Encryption Toggle to ON and select the level of MPPE encryption.Split Tunnel Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Reconnect ModeSome ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.MAC Address SourceSelect Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.MAC Address If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.MTU Size Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Port Speed Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 34Section 5 - Connect to the InternetL2TPField DescriptionAddress Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).Server Address Enter your PPTP server address.User Name Enter your PPTP user name.Password Enter your PPTP password.Secret Enter a shared secret if required.Split Tunnel Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Reconnect ModeSome ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.MAC Address SourceSelect Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.MAC Address If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.MTU Size Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Port Speed Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 SettingsSelect L2TP to enter the L2TP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 35Section 5 - Connect to the InternetJapanese PPPoEPath: Network > Internet > WAN1 SettingsSelect Japanese PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field DescriptionAddress Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).User Name Enter your PPPoE user name.Password Enter your PPPoE password.Service Enter if your ISP requires it.Authentication Type Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.Reconnect ModeSome ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.Primary PPPoE DNS ServersSelect either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.Secondary PPPoE Prole You may create a secondary PPPoE prole. MAC Address SourceSelect Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.MAC Address If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.Port Speed Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 36Section 5 - Connect to the InternetRussian PPPoEPath: Network > Internet > WAN1 SettingsSelect Russian PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field DescriptionAddress Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).User Name Enter your PPPoE user name.Password Enter your PPPoE password.Service Enter if your ISP requires it.Authentication Type Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.Reconnect ModeSome ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.MAC Address SourceSelect Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.MAC Address If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.WAN2 Physical Setting Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). If you select Static IP, enter the IP settings supplied by your ISP.WAN2 Physical DNS Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Port Speed Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 37Section 5 - Connect to the InternetRussian PPTPField DescriptionAddress Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).Server Address Enter your PPTP server address.User Name Enter your PPTP user name.Password Enter your PPTP password.MPPE Encryption Toggle to ON and select the level of MPPE encryption.Split Tunnel Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Reconnect ModeSome ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.MAC Address SourceSelect Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.MAC Address If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.MTU Size Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Port Speed Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 SettingsSelect Russian PPTP to enter the PPTP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 38Section 5 - Connect to the InternetRussian L2TPPath: Network > Internet > WAN1 SettingsSelect Russian L2TP to enter the L2TP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field DescriptionAddress Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP).Server Address Enter your PPTP server address.User Name Enter your PPTP user name.Password Enter your PPTP password.Secret Enter a shared secret if required.Split Tunnel Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Reconnect ModeSome ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP.Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP.DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.MAC Address SourceSelect Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address.MAC Address If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP.MTU Size Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Port Speed Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 39Section 5 - Connect to the InternetWAN2 SettingsWANPath: Network > Internet > WAN2 SettingsSelect WAN and select the Internet connection type. Please refer to the previous pages (41-49) for more information. If you want to set WAN2 port to DMZ, skip to the next page.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 40Section 5 - Connect to the InternetDMZThis router supports one of the physical ports to be congured as a secondary WAN Ethernet port or a dedicated DMZ port. A DMZ is a sub network that is open to the public but behind the rewall. The DMZ adds an additional layer of security to the LAN, as specic services/ports that are exposed to the internet on the DMZ do not have to be exposed on the LAN. It is recommended that hosts that must be exposed to the internet (such as web or email servers) be placed in the DMZ network. Firewall rules can be allowed to permit access specic services/ports to the DMZ from both the LAN or WAN. In the event of an attack to any of the DMZ nodes, the LAN is not necessarily vulnerable as well.DMZ conguration is identical to the LAN conguration. There are no restrictions on the IP address or subnet assigned to the DMZ port, other than the fact that it cannot be identical to the IP address given to the LAN interface of this gateway.Note: DSR-500/1000/500N/1000N/500AC/1000AC, in order to congure a DMZ port, the router’s congurable port must be set to DMZ in the Network > Internet > DMZ Settings page.Note: For DSR-150N and DSR-250N, enabling DMZ will result in port 8 of the LAN switch being used for a dedicated DMZ port. The other 7 LAN ports remain unchanged.1. Click Network > Internet > WAN2 / DMZ Settings.2. Select DMZ and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 41Section 5 - Connect to the InternetWAN3 (3G Internet)Path: Network > Internet > WAN3 SettingsThis router supports the use of 3G Internet access. Cellular 3G internet access is available on WAN3 via a 3G USB modem for DSR series. The cellular ISP that provides the 3G data plan will provide the authentication requirements to establish a connection. The dial Number and APN are specic to the cellular carriers. Once the connection type settings are congured and saved, navigate to the WAN status page (Setup > Internet Settings > WAN3 Status) and Enable the WAN3 link to establish the 3G connection.Field DescriptionReconnect ModeSome ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet.Maximum Idle Time Enter the idle time in minutes before the router disconnects from the Internet (On Demand only).User Name Enter your 3G account user name.Password Enter your 3G account password.Dial-in Number Enter the phone number to access your Internet.Authentication Protocol Select one of following protocols from the drop-down menu: None, PAP or CHAP. APN Required Toggle to ON if your ISP requires APN to connect.APN Enter the APN (Access Point Name) provided by the ISP.DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers.Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.MTU Size Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value.Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 42Section 5 - Connect to the InternetWAN ModeSingle WAN PortPath: Network > Internet > WAN ModeThis router supports multiple WAN links. This allows you to take advantage of failover and load balancing features to ensure certain internet dependent services are prioritized in the event of unstable WAN connectivity on one of the ports.To use Auto Failover or Load Balancing, WAN link failure detection must be congured. This involves accessing DNS servers on the internet or ping to an internet address (user dened). If required, you can congure the number of retry attempts when the link seems to be disconnected or the threshold of failures that determines if a WAN port is down.If you do not want to use Auto Failover or Load Balancing, select Single WAN Port from the WAN Mode drop-down menu and select the WAN port you want to set. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 43Section 5 - Connect to the InternetAuto-Rollover using WAN IPIn this mode one of your WAN ports is assigned as the primary internet link for all internet trac and the secondary WAN port is used for redundancy in case the primary link goes down for any reason. Both WAN ports (primary and secondary) must be congured to connect to the respective ISP’s before enabling this feature. The secondary WAN port will remain unconnected until a failure is detected on the primary link (either port can be assigned as the primary). In the event of a failure on the primary port, all internet trac will be rolled over to the backup port. When congured in Auto-Failover mode, the link status of the primary WAN port is checked at regular intervals as dened by the failure detection settings.Field DescriptionWAN Mode Select Auto-Rollover Using WAN IP from the drop-down menu.Use Primary WAN Port Select which WAN port is the primary.Use Secondary WAN Port Select which port to use if the primary port fails.WAN Health Check• DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to detect primary WAN connectivity.• DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specied to check the connectivity of the primary link.• Ping these IP addresses: These IP’s will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the primary link.• Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above congured failure detection method.• Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated.WAN1/WAN2/WAN3 Enter the DNS server or IP address to ping.Retry Interval Enter the time in seconds to initiate the WAN health check. Default is every 30 seconds.Failover After Enter the number of failures before the router will enable the failover process.Note: The DSR series routers support 3G USB Modem as a failover link when the internet access is lost.1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 44Section 5 - Connect to the InternetLoad BalancingPath: Network > Internet > WAN ModeThis feature allows you to use multiple WAN links (and presumably multiple ISP’s) simultaneously. After conguring more than one WAN port, the load balancing option is available to carry trac over more than one link. Protocol bindings are used to segregate and assign services over one WAN port in order to manage internet ow. The congured failure detection method is used at regular intervals on all congured WAN ports when in Load Balancing mode.This router currently supports three algorithms for Load Balancing:Round Robin: This algorithm is particularly useful when the connection speed of one WAN port greatly diers from another. In this case you can dene protocol bindings to route low-latency services (such as VOIP) over the higher -speed link and let low-volume background trac (such as SMTP) go over the lower speed link. Protocol binding is explained in next section.Spillover: If Spillover method is selected, the primary WAN acts as a dedicated link until a dened bandwidth threshold are reached. After this, the secondary WAN will be used for new connections. Inbound connections on the secondary WAN are permitted with this mode, as the spillover logic governs outbound connections moving from the primary to secondary WAN. You can congure spillover mode by using following options:• Load Tolerance: It is the percentage of bandwidth after which the router switches to secondary WAN.• Max Bandwidth: This sets the maximum bandwidth tolerable by the primary WAN for outbound trac.If the link bandwidth of outbound trac goes above the load tolerance value of max bandwidth, the router will spillover the next connections to secondary WAN.For example, if the maximum bandwidth of primary WAN is 1Kbps and the load tolerance is set to 70. Now every time a new connection is established the bandwidth increases. After a certain number of connections say bandwidth reached 70% of 1Kbps, the new outbound connections will be spilled over to secondary WAN. The maximum value of load tolerance is 80% and the minimum is 20%.Note: The DSR-1000, DSR-1000N, DSR-500, and DSR-500N routers support the trac load balancing between physical WAN port and a 3G USB Modem.Load balancing is particularly useful when the connection speed of one WAN port greatly diers from another. In this case you can dene protocol bindings to route low-latency services (such as VOIP) over the higher-speed link and let low-volume background trac (such as SMTP) go over the lower speed link.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 45Section 5 - Connect to the InternetField DescriptionWAN Mode Select Load Balancing from the drop-down menu.Load Balance Select Round Robin.WAN Health Check• DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to detect primary WAN connectivity.• DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specied to check the connectivity of the primary link.• Ping these IP addresses: These IP’s will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the primary link.• Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above congured failure detection method.• Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated.Save Click to save and activate your settings.Round Robin1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 46Section 5 - Connect to the InternetField DescriptionWAN Mode Select Load Balancing from the drop-down menu.Load Balance Select Spillover Mode.WAN Health Check• DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to detect primary WAN connectivity.• DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specied to check the connectivity of the primary link.• Ping these IP addresses: These IP’s will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the primary link.• Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above congured failure detection method.• Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated.Retry Interval is Enter the time in seconds to initiate the WAN health check. Default is every 30 seconds.Failover After Enter the number of failures before the router will enable the failover process.Load Tolerance Enter the percentage of bandwidth after which the router switches to the secondary WAN.Max Bandwidth This sets the maximum bandwidth tolerable by the primary WAN for outbound trac.Save Click to save and activate your settings.Spillover1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 47Section 5 - Connect to the InternetRouting ModeRouting between the LAN and WAN will impact the way this router handles trac that is received on any of its physical interfaces. The routing mode of the gateway is core to the behavior of the trac ow between the secure LAN and the internet.NAT or ClassicalField DescriptionRouting Settings Select NAT or Classical.NAT with WAN1 Toggle to ON to use NAT with WAN1 or OFF for classical.NAT with WAN2 Toggle to ON to use NAT with WAN2 or OFF for classical.Save Click to save and activate your settings.Path: Network > Internet > Routing ModeWith classical routing, devices on the LAN can be directly accessed from the internet with their public IP addresses (assuming appropriate rewall settings are congured). If your ISP has assigned an IP address for each of the computers/devices that you use, select Classical.NAT is a technique which allows several computers and devices on your local network to share an Internet connection. The computers on the LAN use a “private” IP address range while the WAN port on the router is congured with a single “public” IP address. Along with connection sharing, NAT also hides internal IP addresses from the computers on the Internet. NAT is required if your ISP has assigned only one IP address to you. The computers/devices that connect through the router will need to be assigned IP addresses from a private subnet.1. Click Network > Internet > Routing Mode.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 48Section 5 - Connect to the InternetTransparentField DescriptionRouting Settings Select Transparent.Save Click to save and activate your settings.When Transparent Routing Mode is enabled, NAT is not performed on trac between the LAN and WAN interfaces. Broadcast and multicast packets that arrive on the LAN interface are switched to the WAN and vice versa, if they do not get ltered by rewall or VPN policies. To maintain the LAN and WAN in the same broadcast domain select Transparent mode, which allows bridging of trac from LAN to WAN and vice versa, except for router-terminated trac and other management trac. All DSR features (such as 3G modem support) are supported in transparent mode assuming the LAN and WAN are congured to be in the same broadcast domain.Note: NAT routing has a feature called “NAT Hair -pinning” that allows internal network users on the LAN and DMZ to access internal servers (e.g., an internal FTP server) using their externally-known domain name. This is also referred to as “NAT loopback” since LAN generated trac is redirected through the rewall to reach LAN servers by their external name.1. Click Network > Internet > Routing.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 49Section 5 - Connect to the InternetBridgeField DescriptionRouting Settings Select Bridge.Bridge Interface IP Address Enter the bridge interface IP address.DMZ Interface IP Address Enter the DMZ interface IP address.Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask.NAT with WAN1 Toggle ON to turn NAT on WAN1 or OFF for classical.Save Click to save and activate your settings.When Bridge Mode routing is enabled, the rst physical LAN port and secondary WAN/DMZ (port 2) interfaces are bridged together at Layer 2, creating an aggregate network. The other LAN ports and the primary WAN (WAN1) are not part of this bridge, and the router asks as a NAT device for these other ports. With Bridge mode for the LAN port 1 and WAN2/DMZ interfaces, L2 and L3 broadcast trac as well as ARP / RARP packets are passed through. When WAN2 receives tagged trac the tag information will be removed before the packet is forwarded to the LAN port 1 interface.Note: Bridge mode option is available on DSR-500 / 500N / 500AC 1000 / 1000N / 1000AC routers only.1. Click Network > Internet > Routing.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 50Section 5 - Connect to the InternetIP AliasingPath: Network > Internet > IP AliasingA single WAN Ethernet port can be accessed via multiple IP addresses by adding an alias to the port. This is done by conguring an IP Alias address. To edit or delete any existing aliases, right-click the alias and select either Edit or Delete.Field DescriptionInterface Select either WAN1 or WAN2.IP Address Enter an alias IP address for the WAN interface you selected.Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask for the WAN interface you selected.Save Click to save and activate your settings.To create a new alias:1. Click Network > Internet > IP Aliasing. 2. Click Add New IP Aliasing. 3. Enter the following information and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 51Section 5 - Connect to the InternetField DescriptionIP Address Enter an IP address for the DMZ interface.Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for the DMZ interface.DHCP ModeSelect one of the following modes:• None - Turns o DHCP.• DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server on your network.• DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your network will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a dierent subnet.DHCP Server Refer to “DHCP Server” on page 19 for more information.DHCP Relay Refer to “DHCP Relay” on page 20 for more information.Enable DNS ProxyToggle to On to manually enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). If set to O, your router’s LAN IP address will be assigned the DNS server to your clients and the router will get the DNS information from your ISP.Primary DNS Server If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the secondary DNS server IP address.WINS Server If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the WINS server IP address.Save Click to save and activate your settings.DMZ SettingsPath: Network > Internet > DMZ SettingsIf you set WAN2 port to DMZ, you will need to congure the port here.To congure the DMZ Settings: 1. Click Network > Internet > DMZ Settings.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 52Section 5 - Connect to the InternetThe router’s DHCP server can assign IP settings to your DMZ clients on your network by adding a client’s MAC address and the IP address to be assigned. Whenever the router receives a request from a client, the MAC address of that client is compared with the MAC address list present in the database. If an IP address is already assigned to that computer or device in the database, the customized IP address is congured otherwise an IP address is assigned to the client automatically from the DMZ DHCP pool.To create DHCP reservations:1. Click Network > Internet > DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs. 2. Click Add New DMZ DHCP Reserved IP. 3. Enter the following information and click Save.Field DescriptionDMZ DHCP Reserved IP Enable Toggle to ON to enable this reservation.IP Address Enter the IP address you want to assign to this device. Note that this IP address must be in the same range as the starting/ending IP address under DHCP Settings.MAC Address Enter the MAC address of this device (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx format).Save Click Save to save your reservation.DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 53Section 5 - Connect to the InternetDynamic DNS SettingsPath: Network > Internet > Dynamic DNSDynamic DNS (DDNS) is an Internet service that allows routers with varying public IP addresses to be located using Internet domain names. To use DDNS, you must setup an account with a DDNS provider such as DynDNS.org, D-Link DDNS, or Oray.net.Each congured WAN can have a dierent DDNS service if required. Once congured, the router will update DDNS services changes in the WAN IP address so that features that are dependent on accessing the router’s WAN via FQDN will be directed to the correct IP address. When you set up an account with a DDNS service, the host and domain name, username, password and wildcard support will be provided by the account provider.To congure DDNS:1. Click Network > Internet > Dynamic DNS 2. Click the tab on top to select which WAN port you want to congure DDNS to.3. Next to Dynamic DNS Service Type, select your DDNS service.4. Enter the following information and click Save. The information below is for DynDNS. Other services will have similar elds.Field DescriptionUser Name Enter your DDNS user name.Domain Name Enter the domain name.Password Enter your DDNS password.Status Displays the current connection status.Allow Wildcards Toggle to ON to allow wildcards.Update Periodically Toggle to ON to set a forced update. Save Click Save to save your reservation.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 54Section 5 - Connect to the InternetTrac ManagementPath: Network > Internet > Trac Management > Bandwidth ProlesBandwidth proles allow you to regulate the trac ow from the LAN to WAN 1 or WAN 2. This is useful to ensure that low priority LAN users (like guests or HTTP service) do not monopolize the available WAN’s bandwidth for cost-savings or bandwidth-priority-allocation purposes.Bandwidth proles conguration consists of enabling the bandwidth control feature from the GUI and adding a prole which denes the control parameters. The prole can then be associated with a trac selector, so that bandwidth prole can be applied to the trac matching the selectors. Selectors are elements like IP addresses or services that would trigger the congured bandwidth regulation.To edit, delete, or create a new bandwidth prole:1. Click Network > Internet > Trac Management > Bandwidth Proles.2. Toggle Enable Bandwidth Proles to ON and click Save.Bandwidth Proles3. Click Add New Bandwidth Prole.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 55Section 5 - Connect to the Internet4. Enter the following information and click Save. Field DescriptionName Enter a name for your prole. This identier is used to associate the congured prole to the trac selector.Policy Type Select the policy type (Inbound or Outbound) from the drop-down menu.WAN Interface Select which WAN interface you want to associate this prole with.Prole Type Select either Priority or Rate from the drop-down menu.Priority If you selected Priority, select Low, Medium, or High.Minimum Bandwidth Rate If you selected Rate, enter the minimum bandwidth rate.Maximum Bandwidth Rate If you selected Rate, enter the maximum bandwidth rate. Save Click Save to save your reservation.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 56Section 5 - Connect to the InternetPath: Network > Internet > Trac Management > Trac ShapingOnce a prole has been created it can then be associated with a trac ow from the LAN to WAN. Trac selector conguration binds a bandwidth prole to a type or source of LAN trac with the following settings.To create a trac selector:1. Click Network > Internet > Trac Management > Trac Shaping. Trac Shaping2. Click Add New Trac Selector.Field DescriptionAvailable Proles Select a bandwidth prole from the drop-down menu.Service Select a service from the drop-down menu.Trac Selector Match Type Select IP or MAC Address.IP Address If you selected IP, enter the IP address of the source associated with this prole.Subnet Mask If you selected IP, enter a subnet mask.MAC Address If you selected MAC, enter the MAC address of the source associated with this prole.Save Click to save and activate your settings.3. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 57Section 5 - Connect to the InternetPath: Network > Routing > Static RoutesManually adding static routes to this device allows you to dene the path selection of trac from one interface to another. There is no communication between this router and other devices to account for changes in the path; once congured the static route will be active and eective until the network changes.The List of Static Routes displays all routes that have been added manually by an administrator and allows several operations on the static routes.To create a new static route:1. Click Network > Routing > Static Routes.Static Routes2. Click Add New Static Route.3. Complete the elds in the table on the next page and click Save.Routing
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 58Section 5 - Connect to the InternetField DescriptionRoute Name Enter a name for your route. Active Toggle to ON to activate this route or to OFF to deactivate.Private Toggle to ON to make this route private. If the route is made private, then the route will not be shared in a RIP broadcast or multicast.Destination IP Address Enter the IP address of the static route’s destination.IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask of the static route.Interface The physical network interface (WAN1, WAN2, WAN3, DMZ or LAN), through which this route is accessible.Gateway IP Address IP address of the gateway through which the destination host or network can be reached.Metric Determines the priority of the route. If multiple routes to the same destination exist, the route with the lowest metric is chosen.Save Click Save to save your route.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 59Section 5 - Connect to the InternetRIPDynamic routing using the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) that is common in LANs. With RIP this router can exchange routing information with other supported routers in the LAN and allow for dynamic adjustment of routing tables in order to adapt to modications in the LAN without interrupting trac ow.Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support RIP.Path: Network > Routing > RIPTo congure RIP:1. Click Network > Routing > RIP.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionDirectionThe RIP direction will dene how this router sends and receives RIP packets. Select one of the following:• Both: The router both broadcasts its routing table and also processes RIP information received from other routers. This is the recommended setting in order to fully utilize RIP capabilities.• Out Only: The router broadcasts its routing table periodically but does not accept RIP information from other routers.• In Only: The router accepts RIP information from other routers, but does not broadcast its routing table.• None: The router neither broadcasts its route table nor does it accept any RIP packets from other routers. This eectively disables RIP.VersionThe RIP version is dependent on the RIP support of other routing devices in the LAN.• Disabled: This is the setting when RIP is disabled.• RIP-1: A class-based routing version that does not include subnet information. This is the most commonly supported version.• RIP-2: Includes all the functionality of RIPv1 plus it supports subnet information. Though the data is sent in RIP-2 format for both RIP-2B and RIP-2M, the mode in which packets are sent is dierent. RIP-2B broadcasts data in the entire subnet while RIP-2M sends data to multicast addresses. Note: If RIP-2B or RIP-2M is the selected version, authentication between this router and other routers (congured with the same RIP version) is required. MD5 authentication is used in a rst/second key exchange process. The authentication key validity lifetimes are congurable to ensure that the routing information exchange is with current and supported routers detected on the LAN.Save Click Save to save your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 60Section 5 - Connect to the InternetOSPFPath: Network > Routing > OSPFOSPF is an interior gateway protocol that routes Internet Protocol (IP) packets solely within a single routing domain. It gathers link state information from available routers and constructs a topology map of the network.OSPF version 2 is a routing protocol which described in RFC2328 - OSPF Version 2. OSPF is IGP (Interior Gateway Protocols). OSPF is widely used in large networks such as ISP backbone and enterprise networks.Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support OSPFv2.To congure OSPF:1. Click Network > Routing > OSPF.2. Right-click the port you want to edit (LAN/WAN1/WAN2/WAN3) and select Edit.3. Complete the elds in the table on the next page and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 61Section 5 - Connect to the InternetField DescriptionOSPFv2 Enable Toggle ON to enable OSPF.Interface Displays the physical network interface on which OSPFv2 is Enabled/Disabled.AreaEnter the area to which the interface belongs. Two routers having a common segment; their interfaces have to belong to the same area on that segment. The interfaces should belong to the same subnet and have similar mask.PriorityHelps to determine the OSPFv2 designated router for a network. The router with the highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. Setting the value to 0 makes the router ineligible to become Designated Router. The default value is 1. Lower the value means higher the priority.Hello IntervalThe number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Enter the number in seconds that the Hello packet will be sent. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 10 seconds.Dead IntervalThe number of seconds that a device’s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. OSPF requires these intervals to be exactly the same between two neighbors. If any of these intervals are dierent, these routers will not become neighbors on a particular segment.Cost Enter the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFv2 interface.Authentication TypeSelect one of the following authentication types:• None: The interface does not authenticate OSPF packets.• Simple: OSPF packets are authenticated using simple text key.• MD5: The interface authenticates OSPF packets with MD5 authentication.Md5 Key ID If MD5 authentication is selected, enter the MD5 key ID.Md5 Authentication Key If MD5 authentication is selected, enter the MD5 authentication key.Save Click Save to save your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 62Section 5 - Connect to the InternetProtocol BindingPath: Network > Routing > Protocol BindingProtocol bindings are useful when the Load Balancing feature is in use. Selecting from a list of congured services or any of the user-dened services, the type of trac can be assigned to go over only one of the available WAN ports. For increased exibility the source network or machines can be specied as well as the destination network or machines. For example, the VOIP trac for a set of LAN IP addresses can be assigned to one WAN and any VOIP trac from the remaining IP addresses can be assigned to the other WAN link. Protocol bindings are only applicable when load balancing mode is enabled and more than one WAN is congured.To add, edit, or delete a protocol binding entry:1. Click Network > Routing > Protocol Binding.2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Protocol Binding. 3. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionService Select a service from the drop-down menu.Local Gateway Select a WAN interface.Source Network Select the source network: Any, Single Address, or Address Range. If Single Address or Address Range is selected, enter the IP address or IP range.Destination Network Select the destination network: Any, Single Address, or Address Range. If Single Address or Address Range is selected, enter the IP address or IP range.Save Click Save to save your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 63Section 5 - Connect to the InternetIPv6IP ModePath: Network > IPv6 > IP ModeThis page allows you to congure the IP protocol version to be used on the router. In order to support IPv6 on your local network (LAN), you must set the router to be in IPv4 / IPv6 mode. This mode will allow IPv4 nodes to communicate with IPv6 devices through this router.To enable IPv6 on the router:1. Click Network > IPv6 > IP Mode.2. Select IPv4 & IPv6.3. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 64Section 5 - Connect to the InternetWAN SettingsPath: Network > IPv6 > WAN1 SettingsFor IPv6 WAN connections, this router can have a static IPv6 address or receive connection information when congured as a DHCPv6 client. In the case where the ISP assigns you a xed address to access the internet, the static conguration settings must be completed. In addition to the IPv6 address assigned to your router, the IPv6 prex length dened by the ISP is needed. The default IPv6 Gateway address is the server at the ISP that this router will connect to for accessing the internet. The primary and secondary DNS servers on the ISP’s IPv6 network are used for resolving internet addresses, and these are provided along with the static IP address and prex length from the ISP.When the ISP allows you to obtain the WAN IP settings via DHCP, you need to provide details for the DHCPv6 client conguration. The DHCPv6 client on the gateway can be either stateless or stateful. If a stateful client is selected the gateway will connect to the ISP’s DHCPv6 server for a leased address. For stateless DHCP there need not be a DHCPv6 server available at the ISP, rather ICMPv6 discover messages will originate from this gateway and will be used for auto conguration. A third option to specify the IP address and prex length of a preferred DHCPv6 server is available as well.To congure a dynamic (DHCP) IPv6 Internet connection:1. Click Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionConnection Type Select DHCPv6 from the drop-down menu.DHCPv6 Auto Conguration Select either Stateless Address or Stateful Address.Prex DelegationSelect this option to request router advertisement prex from any availableDHCPv6 servers available on the ISP, the obtained prex is updated to the advertised prexes onthe LAN side. This option can be selected only in Stateless Address Auto Conguration mode ofDHCPv6 Client.Save Click Save to save your settings.Dynamic IP
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 65Section 5 - Connect to the InternetTo congure a static IPv6 Internet connection:1. Click Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Static IPField DescriptionConnection Type Select Static.IPv6 Address Enter the IP address supplied by your ISP.IPv6 Prex Length Enter the IPv6 prex length supplied by your ISP.Default IPv6 Gateway Enter the IPv6 gateway address supplied by your ISP.Primary DNS Server Enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 66Section 5 - Connect to the InternetTo congure a dynamic (DHCP) IPv6 Internet connection:1. Click Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings.PPPoE2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionConnection Type Select PPPoE.User Name Enter your PPPoE user name.Password Enter your PPPoE password.Authentication Type Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu (Auto-negotiate/PAP/CHAP/MS-CHAP/MS-CHAPv2).DHCPv6 Options Select the mode of DHCPv6 client that will start in this mode (Disable dhcpv6/Stateless dhcpv6/Stateful dhcpv6/Stateless dhcpv6 with prex delegation.Primary DNS Server Enter the primary DNS server IP address.Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 67Section 5 - Connect to the InternetPath: Network > IPv6 > Static RoutingManually adding static routes to this device allows you to dene the path selection of trac from one interface to another. There is no communication between this router and other devices to account for changes in the path; once congured the static route will be active and eective until the network changes.The List of Static Routes displays all routes that have been added manually by an administrator and allows several operations on the static routes.To create a new static route:1. Click Network > IPv6 > Static Routing.Static Routing2. Click Add New IPv6 Static Route.3. Complete the elds in the table on the next page and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 68Section 5 - Connect to the InternetField DescriptionRoute Name Enter a name for your route. Active Toggle to ON to activate this route or to OFF to deactivate.IPv6 Destination Enter the IP address of the static route’s destination.IPv6 Prex Length Enter the prex length of the static route.Interface The physical network interface (WAN1, WAN2, WAN3, DMZ or LAN), through which this route is accessible.IPv6 Gateway IPv6 address of the gateway through which the destination host or network can be reached.Metric Determines the priority of the route. If multiple routes to the same destination exist, the route with the lowest metric is chosen.Save Click Save to save your route.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 69Section 5 - Connect to the InternetPath: Network > IPv6 > OSPFv3OSPF is an interior gateway protocol that routes Internet Protocol (IP) packets solely within a single routing domain. It gathers link state information from available routers and constructs a topology map of the network.Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) supports IPv6. To enable an OSPFv3 process on a router, you need to enable the OSPFv3 process globally, assign the OSPFv3 process a router ID, and enable the OSPFv3 process on related interfaces.Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support OSPFv3.To congure OSPF:1. Click Network > IPv6 > OSPFv3.2. Right-click the port you want to edit (LAN/WAN1/WAN2) and select Edit.3. Complete the elds in the table on the next page and click Save.OSPFv3
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 70Section 5 - Connect to the InternetField DescriptionOSPFv3 Enable Toggle ON to enable OSPFv3.Interface Displays the physical network interface on which OSPFv3 is Enabled/Disabled.PriorityHelps to determine the OSPFv3 designated router for a network. The router with the highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. Setting the value to 0 makes the router ineligible to become Designated Router. The default value is 1. Lower the value means higher the priority.Hello IntervalThe number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Enter the number in seconds that the Hello packet will be sent. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 10 seconds.Dead IntervalThe number of seconds that a device’s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. OSPF requires these intervals to be exactly the same between two neighbors. If any of these intervals are dierent, these routers will not become neighbors on a particular segment.Cost Enter the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFv3 interface.Save Click Save to save your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 71Section 5 - Connect to the InternetPath: Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling6to4 is an Internet transition mechanism for migrating from IPv4 to IPv6, a system that allows IPv6 packets to be transmitted over an IPv4 network. Select the check box to Enable Automatic Tunneling and allow trac from an IPv6 LAN to be sent over an IPv4 Option to reach a remote IPv6 network.To enable 6 to 4 tunneling:1. Click Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling.2. Toggle Activate Auto Tunneling to ON.3. Click Save.6 to 4 Tunneling
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 72Section 5 - Connect to the InternetPath: Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling ISATAP (Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel Addressing Protocol) is an IPv6 transition mechanism meant to transmit IPv6 packets between dual-stack nodes on top of an IPv4 network. ISATAP species an IPv6-IPv4 compatibility address format as well as a means for site border router discovery. ISATAP also species the operation of IPv6 over a specic link layer - that being IPv4 used as a link layer for IPv6.ISATAPTo add, edit, or delete a ISATAP entry:1. Click Network > IPv6 > ISATAP.2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New ISATAP Tunnel.3. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionISATAP Subnet Prex This is the 64-bit subnet prex that is assigned to the logical ISATAP subnet for this intranet. This can be obtained from your ISP or internet registry, or derived from RFC 4193.End Point Address This is the endpoint address for the tunnel that starts with this router. The endpoint can be the LAN interface (assuming the LAN is an IPv4 network), or a specic LAN IPv4 address.IPv4 Address The end point address if not the entire LAN.Save Click Save to save your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 73Section 5 - Connect to the InternetLAN SettingsPath: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 LAN SettingsIn IPv6 mode, the LAN DHCP server is disabled by default (similar to IPv4 mode). The DHCPv6 server will serve IPv6 addresses from congured address pools with the IPv6 Prex Length assigned to the LAN.The default IPv6 LAN address for the router is fec0::1. You can change this 128-bit IPv6 address based on your network requirements. The other eld that denes the LAN settings for the router is the prex length. The IPv6 network (subnet) is identied by the initial bits of the address called the prex. By default this is 64 bits long. All hosts in the network have common initial bits for their IPv6 address; the number of common initial bits in the network’s addresses is set by the prex length eld.To congure IPv6 LAN settings on the router:1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 LAN Settings.2. Complete the elds in the table on the next page and click Save.DHCPv6 Server
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 74Section 5 - Connect to the InternetField DescriptionIPv6 Address Enter the IPv6 LAN address for the router.IPv6 Prex Length Enter the prex length.Status Toggle to ON to enable DHCPv6.ModeThe IPv6 DHCP server is either stateless or stateful. If stateless is selected an external IPv6 DHCP server is not required as the IPv6 LAN hosts are auto-congured by this router. In this case the router advertisement daemon (RADVD) must be congured on this device and ICMPv6 router discovery messages are used by the host for auto-conguration. There are no managed addresses to serve the LAN nodes. If stateful is selected the IPv6 LAN host will rely on an external DHCPv6 server to provide required conguration settings.Domain Name Enter a domain name (optional).Server PreferenceServer Preference is used to indicate the preference level of this DHCP server. DHCP advertise messages with the highest server preference value to a LAN host are preferred over other DHCP server advertise messages. The default is 255.DNS ServersThe DNS server details can be manually entered here (primary/secondary options. An alternative is to allow the LAN DHCP client to receive the DNS server details from the ISP directly. By selecting Use DNS proxy, this router acts as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicates with the ISP’s DNS servers (a WAN conguration parameter).Lease / Rebind Time Enter the duration of the DHCPv6 lease from this router to the LAN client.Prex Delegation Toggle to ON to enable prex delegation in DHCPv6 server. This option can be selected only in Stateless Address Auto Conguration mode of DHCPv6 server.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 75Section 5 - Connect to the InternetIPv6 Address PoolsPath: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Address PoolsThis feature allows you to dene the IPv6 delegation prex for a range of IP addresses to be served by the router’s DHCPv6 server. Using a delegation prex you can automate the process of informing other networking equipment on the LAN of DHCP information specic for the assigned prex.To add, edit, or delete a IPv6 address pool entry:1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Address Pools tab.2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Address Pool.3. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionStart IPv6 Address Enter the starting IPv6 LAN address.End IPv6 Address Enter the ending IPv6 LAN address.Prex Length Enter the prex length.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 76Section 5 - Connect to the InternetIPv6 Prex LengthPath: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Prex LengthTo add, edit, or delete a IPv6 prex length entry:1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Prex Length tab.2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Prex Length.3. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionProle Enter a name for this prole.Prex Length Enter the prex length.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 77Section 5 - Connect to the InternetRouter AdvertisementPath: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Router AdvertisementTo congure router advertisement settings:1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Router Advertisement tab.2. Complete the elds in the table on the next page and click Save.Field DescriptionStatus Toggle to ON to enable this feature.Advertise ModeSelect Unsolicited Multicast to send router advertisements (RA’s) to all interfaces in the multicast group. To restrict RA’s to well-known IPv6 addresses on the LAN, and thereby reduce overall network trac, select Unicast only.Advertise IntervalWhen advertisements are unsolicited multicast packets, this interval sets the maximum time between advertisements from the interface. The actual duration between advertisements is a random value between one third of this eld and this eld. The default is 30 seconds.Managed Toggle to ON to use the administered/stateful protocol for address auto-conguration. If set to OFF, the host uses administered/stateful protocol for non-address auto conguration.Other Toggle to ON to use administered/stateful protocol of other (i.e., non-address) information auto conguration.Router PreferenceThis parameter (low/medium/high) determines the preference associated with the RADVD process of the router. This is useful if there are other RADVD-enabled devices on the LAN as it helps avoid conicts for IPv6 clients.MTU The router advertisement will set this maximum transmission unit (MTU) value for all nodes in the LAN that are auto-congured by the router. The default is 1500.Router LifetimeThis value is present in RAs and indicates the usefulness of this router as a default router for the interface. The default is 3600 seconds. Upon expiration of this value, a new RADVD exchange must take place between the host and this router.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.Router Advertisements are analogous to IPv4 DHCP assignments for LAN clients, in that the router will assign an IP address and supporting network information to devices that are congured to accept such details. Router Advertisement is required in an IPv6 network is required for stateless auto conguration of the IPv6 LAN. By conguring the Router Advertisement Daemon on this router, the router will listen on the LAN for router solicitations and respond to these LAN hosts with router advisements.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 78Section 5 - Connect to the InternetAdvertisement PrexesPath: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Advertisement PrexesTo add, edit, or delete an advertisement prex entry:1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Advertisement Prexes tab.Router advertisements congured with advertisement prexes allow this router to inform hosts how to perform stateless address auto conguration. Router advertisements contain a list of subnet prexes that allow the router to determine neighbors and whether the host is on the same link as the router.2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Advertisement Length.3. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionIPv6 Prex Type To ensure hosts support IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel select the 6to4 prex type. Selecting Global/Local/ISATAP will allow the nodes to support all other IPv6 routing options.SLA ID The SLA ID (Site-Level Aggregation Identier) is available when 6to4 Prexes are selected. This should be the interface ID of the router’s LAN interface used for router advertisements.IPv6 Prex When using Global/Local/ISATAP prexes, this eld is used to dene the IPv6 network advertised by this router.IPv6 Prex Length This value indicates the number contiguous, higher order bits of the IPv6 address that dene up the network portion of the address. Typically this is 64.Prex Lifetime This denes the duration (in seconds) that the requesting node is allowed to use the advertised prex. It is analogous to DHCP lease time in an IPv4 network.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 79Section 5 - Connect to the InternetIPv6 Tunnels StatusPath: Network > IPv6 > IPv6 Tunnels StatusThis page displays the current status of IPv6 Tunnels.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 80Section 6 - Wireless SettingsWireless SettingsAccess PointsThis router has an integrated 802.11n/ac radio that allows you to create an access point for wireless LAN clients. The security/encryption/authentication options are grouped in a wireless Prole, and each congured prole will be available for selection in the AP conguration menu. The prole denes various parameters for the AP, including the security between the wireless client and the AP, and can be shared between multiple APs instances on the same device when needed. Up to four unique wireless networks can be created by conguring multiple “virtual” APs . Each such virtual AP appears as an independent AP (unique SSID) to supported clients in the environment, but is actually running on the same physical radio integrated with this router. Note: Proles may be thought of as a grouping of AP parameters that can then be applied to not just one but multiple AP instances (SSIDs), thus avoiding duplication if the same parameters are to be used on multiple AP instances or SSIDs.The Wireless Network Setup Wizard is available for users new to wireless networking. By going through a few conguration pages you can enable a Wi-Fi™ network on your LAN and allow supported 802.11 clients to connect to the congured Access Point. To run the wizard, refer to “#6 Wireless Network Setup” on page 12.Path: Wireless > General > Access PointsTo add, edit, or delete an access point entry:1. Click Wireless > General > Access Points.2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Access Point.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 81Section 6 - Wireless Settings3. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionAP Name Enter a name for your virtual access point.Prole Name Select a prole from the drop-down menu to associate this access point with. If you do not want to use the default prole, create a prole (refer to the next page) and then create an access point.Active Time Toggle to ON to “turn on” this access point. Schedule Control Toggle to ON if you want to specify a time to have this access point turned on.Start/Stop Time Enter a start and stop time.WLAN Partition Toggle to ON to prevent associated wireless clients from communicating with each other.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 82Section 6 - Wireless SettingsProlesCreating a prole allows you to assign the security type, encryption and authentication to use when connecting the AP to a wireless client. The default mode is “open”, i.e., no security. This mode is insecure as it allows any compatible wireless clients to connect to an AP congured with this security prole.To create a new prole, use a unique prole name to identify the combination of settings. Congure a unique SSID that will be the identier used by the clients to communicate to the AP using this prole. By choosing to broadcast the SSID, compatible wireless clients within range of the AP can detect this prole’s availability. The AP oers all advanced 802.11 security modes, including WEP, WPA, and WPA2.To add, edit, or delete a prole:1. Click Wireless > General > Proles.Path: Wireless > General > Proles2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Access Point.3. Complete the elds in the table on the next page and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 83Section 6 - Wireless SettingsField DescriptionProle Name Enter a name for your prole.SSID Enter a name for your wireless network (SSID). Broadcast SSID Toggle to ON if you want your SSID broadcast openly or toggle to OFF to hide it. Clients will have to know the SSID to connect.SecuritySelect what kind of wireless security you want to use:• Open: Select this option to create a public “open” network to allow unauthenticated devices to access this wireless gateway.• WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy): This option requires a static (pre -shared) key to be shared between the AP and wireless client . Note that WEP does not support 802.11n data rates; is it appropriate for legacy 802.11 connections.• WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access): For stronger wireless security than WEP, choose this option. The encryption for WPA will use TKIP and also CCMP if required. The authentication can be a preshared key (PSK), Enterprise mode with RADIUS server, or both. Note that WPA does not support 802.11n data rates; is it appropriate for legacy 802.11 connections.• WPA2: This security type uses CCMP encryption (and the option to add TKIP encryption) on either PSK (pre-shared key) or Enterprise (RADIUS Server) authentication.• WPA + WPA2: This uses both encryption algorithms, TKIP and CCMP. WPA clients will use TKIP and WPA2 clients will use CCMP encryption algorithms.EncryptionSelect the encryption type:• WEP - Select Open or Shared.• WPA - Select TKIP or TKIP+CCMP.• WPA2 - Select CCMP or TKIP+CCMP.• WPA+WPA2 - TKIP+CCMP will be the only option.AuthenticationSelect the authentication type:• WEP - Select 64-bit or 128-bit.• WPA/WPA2/WPA+WPA2 - Select PSK (passphrase), RADIUS (RADIUS server), or PSK+RADIUS (both).WEP Passphrase/Key (1-4) If you selected WEP, enter a passphrase or up to four hexadecimal keys (a-f, 0-9, A-F). WPA Password If you selected WPA, WPA2, or WPA+WPA2, enter a WPA password. Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.The AP conguration page allows you to create a new AP and link to it one of the available proles. This router supports multiple AP’s referred to as virtual access points (VAPs). Each virtual AP that has a unique SSIDs appears as an independent access point to clients. This valuable feature allows the router’s radio to be congured in a way to optimize security and throughput for a group of clients as required by the user. To create a VAP, refer to “Access Points” on page 80. After setting the AP name, the prole drop-down menu is used to select one of the congured proles.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 84Section 6 - Wireless SettingsRadio SettingsPath: Wireless > General > Radio SettingsYou may congure the channels and power levels available for the AP’s enabled on the router. The router has a dual band 802.11n radio, meaning either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency of operation can be selected (not concurrently though). Based on the selected operating frequency, the mode selection will let you dene whether legacy connections or only 802.11n connections (or both) are accepted on congured APs.The ratied 802.11n support on this radio requires selecting the appropriate broadcast mode, and then dening the channel spacing and control side band for 802.11n trac. The default settings are appropriate for most networks. For example, changing the channel spacing to 40MHz can improve bandwidth at the expense of supporting earlier 802.11n clients. The available transmission channels are governed by regulatory constraints based on the region setting of the router. To congure the radio settings:1. Click Wireless > General > Radio Settings.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionOperating Frequency Select 2.4GHz or 5GHz.ModeSelect the 802.11 mode: • 2.4GHz - g and b, g only, n and g, or n only. • 5GHz - a only, n and a, or n only.Channel SpacingSelect the Channel Width:Auto 20/40 - This is the default setting. Select if you are using both 802.11n and non-802.11n wireless devices.20MHz - Select if you are not using any 802.11n wireless clients.Control Side Band Select Upper or Lower. Available for 802.11n only.Current Channel Displays the current channel.Channel Select the channel you want to use. Default Transmit Power Enter the default transmit power (0-31).Transmit Power Displays the current transmit power.Transmission Rate Select a transmission rate from the drop-down menu. This will lock the transmission rate of your wireless connection. It is strongly recommended to use Best (Automatic).Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 85Section 6 - Wireless Settings802.11AC CongurationPath: Wireless > General >Radio Settings > 5 GhzThis section provides conguration options to use the DSR-500AC or DSR-1000AC advanced wireless capabilities in the 5 GHz band.With 802.11AC, data throughput can be signicantly increased as compared to 802.11n rates as the channel bandwidth can be as high as 80 MHz. The available channels and spacing bandwidth are regulated by the regulatory setting of the specic country the DSR-500AC or DSR-1000AC is deployed in. By selecting 802.11AC rates, the 5 GHz radio will use the enhance capability of the new design and will send more data in a single packet (via wireless frame aggragation).Field DescriptionMode This is the 802.11 modulaition technique being usedChannel Spacing Distance in MHz between the successive channelsCurrent Channel Channel being used in the available spectrum.Channel Channel number selected by user, this is dened by the country code for the device. Default Transmit Power Output transmit power set by userTransmit Power Transmit power currently in use by the radio.Transmission Rate Select a transmission rate from the drop-down menu. This will lock the transmission rate of your wireless connection. It is strongly recommended to use Best (Automatic).Save Rates used by device to download the data to client.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 86Section 6 - Wireless SettingsWMM SettingsPath: Wireless > Advanced > WMMWi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) provides basic Quality of Service (QoS) features to IEEE 802.11 networks. WMM prioritizes trac according to four Access Categories (AC) - voice, video, best eort, and background.To congure the radio settings:1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WMM.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionProle Name Select the prole to associate this conguration to from the drop-down menu.Enable WMM Toggle to ON to enable WMM.Default Class of Service Select an available access category (voice, video, best eort, or background) to assign as “default”.IP DSCP / TOS Under Class of Service, select a service and map it to the IP DSCP / TOS value.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 87Section 6 - Wireless SettingsWDSPath: Wireless > Advanced > WDSWireless Distribution System (WDS) is a system enabling the wireless interconnection of access points in a network. This feature is only guaranteed to work between devices of the same type (i.e., using the same chipset/driver).When you enable WDS, use the same security conguration as the default access point. The WDS links do not have true WPA/WPA2 support, as in there is no WPA key handshake performed. Instead the Session Key to be used with a WDS Peer is computed using a hashing function (similar to the one used for computing a WPA PMK). The inputs to this function are a PSK (congurable by an administrator from the WDS page) and an internal “magic” string (non-congurable).In eect the WDS links use TKIP/AES encryption, depending on the encryption congured for the default AP. In case the default AP uses mixed encryption (TKIP + AES). The WDS link will use the AES encryption scheme.Note: For a WDS link to function properly the Radio settings on the WDS peers have to be the same.To congure the radio settings:1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WDS.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionWDS Enable Toggle to ON to enable WDS and click Save. WDS Encryption Displays the current wireless encryption used.WDS Security Displays the current security type.WDS Authentication Displays the current authentication type.WDS Passphrase Enter the WDS passphrase (if WEP, WPA, WPA2, or WPA+WPA2 is enabled).System MAC Address Displays the system MAC address.Add New WDS Once you enabled WDS (and clicked Save), click Add New WDS and enter the MAC address of a WDS peer. You can add up to four WDS peers.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 88Section 6 - Wireless SettingsAdvanced SettingsPath: Wireless > Advanced > Advanced SettingsYou can modify the 802.11 communication parameters in this page. Generally, the default settings are appropriate for most networks.Field DescriptionBeacon Interval Beacons are packets sent by an Access Point to synchronize a wireless network. The default value is 100.DTIM Interval (Delivery Trac Indication Message) 3 is the default setting. A DTIM is a countdown informing clients of the next window for listening to broadcast and multicast messages.RTS Threshold This value should remain at its default setting of 2432. If inconsistent data ow is a problem, only a minor modication should be made. Fragmentation Threshold The fragmentation threshold, which is specied in bytes, determines whether packets will be fragmented. Packets exceeding the 2346 byte setting will be fragmented before transmission. 2346 is the default setting.Preamble ModeSelect either Long or Short. The Preamble Type denes the length of the CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) block for communication between the Access Point and roaming wireless adapters. High network trac areas should use Short preamble type. Protection ModeSelect either None or CTS-to-Self Protection. Select the CTS-to-Self Protection to enable CTS-to-Self protection mechanism, which is used to minimize collisions among stations in a mixed 802.11b & g environment. The default selection is None.Power Save Enable Toggle to ON to enable the Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery (also referred to as WMM Power Save) feature that allows the radio to conserve power.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.1. Click Wireless > Advanced > Advanced Settings.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 89Section 6 - Wireless SettingsWPSPath: Wireless > Advanced > WPSWPS is a simplied method to add supporting wireless clients to the network. WPS is only applicable for APs that employ WPA or WPA2 security. To use WPS, select the eligible VAPs from the drop-down menu of APs that have been congured with this security and enable WPS status for this AP. The WPS Current Status section outlines the security, authentication, and encryption settings of the selected AP. These are consistent with the AP’s prole. There are two setup options:• Personal Identication Number (PIN): The wireless device that supports WPS may have an alphanumeric PIN, if it does add the PIN in this eld. The router will connect within 60 seconds of clicking the “Congure via PIN” button immediately below the PIN eld. There is no LED indication that a client has connected.• Push Button Conguration (PBC): For wireless devices that support PBC, press and hold the WPS button for two seconds, and then press the WPS button (or initiate WPS via GUI) on your wireless client within two minutes. The AP will detect the wireless device and establish a secure link to the client.To enable and connect clients using WPS:1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WPS.2. Select which VAP you want to perform the WPS process from the drop-down menu.3. Toggle WPS Status to ON and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 90Section 6 - Wireless Settings4. Once enabled the following screen will appear.5. Under WPS Setup Method, decide to either use PIN or PBC (Push Button). 6. If you want to use PIN method, enter the PIN next to Station PIN and click Congure Via PIN. You will need to enter the PIN on your wireless client and start the WPS process within one minute.7. If you want to use push button method, click Congure Via PBC. This will initiate the WPS session. You will need to press the WPS button (or initiate through an interface) on your client within one minute.8. Allow up to two minutes to connect. Check the Session Status to see if it successfully connected.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 91Section 7 - VPNVPNA VPN provides a secure communication channel (“tunnel”) between two gateway routers or a remote PC client. The following types of tunnels can be created: • Gateway-to-gateway VPN: To connect two or more routers to secure trac between remote sites.• Remote Client (client-to-gateway VPN tunnel): A remote client initiates a VPN tunnel as the IP address of the remote PC client is not known in advance. The gateway in this case acts as a responder.• Remote client behind a NAT router: The client has a dynamic IP address and is behind a NAT Router. The remote PC client at the NAT router initiates a VPN tunnel as the IP address of the remote NAT router is not known in advance. The gateway WAN port acts as responder.• PPTP server for LAN / WAN PPTP client connections.• L2TP server for LAN / WAN L2TP client connections.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 92Section 7 - VPNIPSec VPNPoliciesPath: VPN > IPSec VPN > PoliciesAn IPsec policy is between this router and another gateway or this router and an IPsec client on a remote host. The IPsec mode can be either tunnel or transport depending on the network being traversed between the two policy endpoints.• Transport: This is used for end-to-end communication between this router and the tunnel endpoint, either another IPsec gateway or an IPsec VPN client on a host. Only the data payload is encrypted and the IP header is not modied or encrypted.• Tunnel: This mode is used for network-to-network IPsec tunnels where this gateway is one endpoint of the tunnel. In this mode the entire IP packet including the header is encrypted and/or authenticated.When tunnel mode is selected, you can enable NetBIOS and DHCP over IPsec. DHCP over IPsec allows this router to serve IP leases to hosts on the remote LAN. As well in this mode you can dene the single IP address, range of IPs, or subnet on both the local and remote private networks that can communicate over the tunnel.To congure the radio settings:1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies.2. Click Add new IPSec Policy. Fill out the General section which you will name the VPN, select policy type, dene the tunnel type, and dene endpoints.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 93Section 7 - VPNField DescriptionPolicy Name Enter a unique name for the VPN Policy. This name is not an identier for the remote WAN/client.Policy TypeSelect either Manual or Auto. • Manual: All settings (including the keys) for the VPN tunnel are manually input for each end point. No third-party server or organization is involved.• Auto: Some parameters for the VPN tunnel are generated automatically. This requires using the IKE (Internet Key Exchange) protocol to perform negotiations between the two VPN Endpoints.IP Protocol Version Select either IPv4 or IPv6.IKE Version Select the version of IKE.IPSec ModeSelect either Tunnel or Transport. IPsec tunnel mode is useful for protecting trac between dierent networks, when trac must pass through an intermediate, untrusted network. Tunnel mode is primarily used for interoperability with gateways, or end-systems that do not support L2TP/IPsec or PPTP connections. Transport mode is the default mode for IPsec, and it is used for end-to-end communications (for example, for communications between a client and a server).Select Local Gateway In the event that two WAN ports are congured to connect to your ISP, select the gateway that will be used as the local endpoint for this IPsec tunnel.Remote Endpoint Select the type of identier that you want to provide for the router at the remote endpoint (either IP Address or FQDN [Fully Qualied Domain Name])IP Address/FQDN Enter the identier for the router.Enable Mode Cong Toggle to ON to enable. Mode Cong is similar to DHCP and is used to assign IP addresses to the remote VPN clients.Enable NetBIOS Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnelEnable RollOver Toggle to ON to enable VPN rollover. You must have the WAN Mode set to Rollover.Protocol Select a protocol from the drop-down menu.Enable DHCP Toggle to ON to allow VPN clients that are connected to your router over IPsec to receive an assigned IP using DHCP.Local IP/Remote IPSelect the type of identier that you want to provide for the endpoint:• Any: Species that the policy is for trac from the given end point (local or remote). Note that selecting Any for both local and remote end points is not valid.• Single: Limits the policy to one host. Enter the IP address of the host that will be part of the VPN.• Range: Allows computers within an IP address range to connect to the VPN. Enter the Start IP Address and End IP Address in the provided elds.• Subnet: Allows an entire subnet to connect to the VPN. Enter the network address and subnet mask in the provided elds.Enable Keepalive Toggle to ON to periodically send ping packets to the host on the peer side of the network to keep the tunnel alive.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 94Section 7 - VPN3. Once the tunnel type and endpoints of the tunnel are dened you can determine the Phase 1/ Phase 2 negotiation to use for the tunnel. This is covered in the IPsec mode setting, as the policy can be Manual or Auto. For Auto policies, the Internet Key Exchange (IKE) protocol dynamically exchanges keys between two IPsec hosts. The Phase 1 IKE parameters are used to dene the tunnel’s security association details. The Phase 2 Auto policy parameters cover the security association lifetime and encryption/authentication details of the phase 2 key negotiation. The VPN policy is one half of the IKE/VPN policy pair required to establish an Auto IPsec VPN tunnel. The IP addresses of the machine or machines on the two VPN endpoints are congured here, along with the policy parameters required to secure the tunnel.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 95Section 7 - VPN A Manual policy does not use IKE and instead relies on manual keying to exchange authentication parameters between the two IPsec hosts. The incoming and outgoing security parameter index (SPI) values must be mirrored on the remote tunnel endpoint. As well the encryption and integrity algorithms and keys must match on the remote IPsec host exactly in order for the tunnel to establish successfully. Note that using Auto policies with IKE are preferred as in some IPsec implementations the SPI (security parameter index) values require conversion at each endpoint. DSR routers supports VPN roll-over feature. This means that policies congured on the primary WAN will rollover to the secondary WAN in case of a link failure. This feature can be used only if your WAN is congured in Auto-Rollover mode. Note: Once you have created an IPSec policy, you may right-click the policy and select Export to save as a le. You can then upload this to another DSR router or keep as a backup. To upload a saved policy, refer to “Easy VPN Setup” on page 102.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 96Section 7 - VPNTunnel ModePath: VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel ModeWhen tunnel mode is selected, you can enable NetBIOS and DHCP over IPSec. DHCP over IPSec allows this router to serve IP leases to hosts on the remote LAN. You can also dene a single IP address, a range of IPs, or a subnet on both the local and remote private networks that can communicate over the tunnel.The router allows full tunnel and split tunnel support. Full tunnel mode just sends all trac from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split tunnel mode only sends trac to the private LAN based on pre-specied client routes. These client routes give the client access to specic private networks, thereby allowing access control over specic LAN services.1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionTunnel Mode Select either Full Tunnel or Split Tunnel.Start/End IP Address Enter the starting and ending IP addresses.Primary/Secondary DNS Enter the primary and secondary DNS server addresses.Primary/Secondary WINS Enter the primary and secondary WINS server addresses.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 97Section 7 - VPNSplit DNS NamesTo add a DNS name:1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode > Split DNS Names tab.2. Click Add New Split DNS name. You can right-click any created entries to edit or delete.3. Enter a domain name and click Save.In a split DNS infrastructure, you create two zones for the same domain, one to be used by the internal network, the other used by the external network. Split DNS directs internal hosts to an internal domain name server for name resolution and external hosts are directed to an external domain name server for name resolution.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 98Section 7 - VPNDHCP RangeTo congure the DHCP over IPSec DHCP server settings:1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > DHCP Range.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionStarting IP Address Enter the starting IP address to issue your clients connecting using DHCP over IPSec.Ending IP Address Enter the ending IP address.Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.This page displays the IP range to be assigned to clients connecting using DHCP over IPsec. By default the range is in 192.168.12.0 subnet.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 99Section 7 - VPNCerticatesTrusted CerticatesThis router uses digital certicates for IPsec VPN authentication. You can obtain a digital certicate from a well-known Certicate Authority (CA) such as VeriSign, or generate and sign your own certicate using functionality available on this gateway.The router comes with a self-signed certicate, and this can be replaced by one signed by a CA as per your networking requirements. A CA certicate provides strong assurance of the server’s identity and is a requirement for most corporate network VPN solutions.The certicates menu allows you to view a list of certicates (both from a CA and self-signed) currently loaded on the router. The following certicate data is displayed in the list of Trusted (CA) certicates:CA Identity (Subject Name): The certicate is issued to this person or organizationIssuer Name: This is the CA name that issued this certicateExpiry Time: The date after which this Trusted certicate becomes invalidTo upload a certicate:1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certicate > Trusted Certicates tab.2. Click the Browse button. Locate your certicate and click Open.3. Click Upload.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 100Section 7 - VPNActive Self CerticatesA self certicate is a certicate issued by a CA identifying your device (or self-signed if you don’t want the identity protection of a CA). The Active Self Certicate table lists the self certicates currently loaded on the router. The following information is displayed for each uploaded self certicate:Name: The name you use to identify this certicate, it is not displayed to IPsec VPN peers.Subject Name: This is the name that will be displayed as the owner of this certicate. This should be your ocial registered or company name, as IPsec or SSL VPN peers are shown this eld.Serial Number: The serial number is maintained by the CA and used to identify this signed certicate.Issuer Name: This is the CA name that issued (signed) this certicateExpiry Time: The date after which this signed certicate becomes invalid. You should renew the certicate before it expires.To upload a certicate:1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certicate > Active Self Certicates tab.2. Click the Browse button. Locate your certicate and click Open.3. Click Upload.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 101Section 7 - VPNSelf Certicate RequestsTo request a self certicate to be signed by a CA, you can generate a Certicate Signing Request from the router by entering identication parameters and passing it along to the CA for signing. Once signed, the CA’s Trusted Certicate and signed certicate from the CA are uploaded to activate the self -certicate validating the identity of this gateway. The self certicate is then used in IPsec and SSL connections with peers to validate the gateway’s authenticity.To generate a certicate signing request:1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certicates > Self Certicate Requests.2. Click New Self Certicate.3. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionName Enter a name (identier) for the certicate.SubjectThis eld will populate the CN (Common Name) entry of the generated certicate. Subject names are usually dened in the following format: CN=<device name>, OU=<department>, O=<organization>, L=<city>, ST=<state>, C=<country>. For example: CN=router1, OU=my_company, O=mydept, L=SFO, C=US.Hash Algorithm Select the algorithm from the drop-down menu. Select either MD5 or SHA-1.Signature Key Length Select the signature key length from the drop-down menu. Select either 512, 1024, or 2048Application Type Select the application type from the drop-down menu. Select either HTTPS or IPSec.IP Address Enter an IP address (optional).Domain Name Enter a domain name (optional).Email Address Enter your email address. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 102Section 7 - VPNEasy VPN SetupTo upload an exported IPSec VPN policy:1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Easy VPN Setup.2. Click Browse and navigate to the policy le you want to upload. Select it and click Open.3. Click Upload. 4. Once uploaded, go to VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies and the loaded VPN will be listed. Right-click it to edit or delete.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 103Section 7 - VPNPPTP VPNServerPath: VPN > PPTP VPN > ServerA PPTP VPN can be established through this router. Once enabled a PPTP server is available on the router for LAN and WAN PPTP client users to access. Once the PPTP server is enabled, PPTP clients that are within the range of congured IP addresses of allowed clients can reach the router’s PPTP server. Once authenticated by the PPTP server (the tunnel endpoint), PPTP clients have access to the network managed by the router.The range of IP addresses allocated to PPTP clients can coincide with the LAN subnet. As well the PPTP server will default to local PPTP user authentication, but can be congured to employ an external authentication server should one be congured.Field DescriptionEnable PPTP Server Select either IPv4 or IPv6.PPTP Routing Mode Select either NAT or Classical. Starting/Ending IP Address Enter the IP address range to assign your PPTP clients.IPv6 Prex If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prex.IPv6 Prex Length If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prex length.Authentication Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.Authentication Supported Toggle which type of authentication you want to enable to ON.Idle TimeOut Enter the amount of time in seconds that the connection will disconnect when idle.NetBIOS Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel.Save Click to save your settings.To create a PPTP VPN server:1. Click VPN > PPTP VPN > Server.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 104Section 7 - VPNClientPath: VPN > PPTP VPN > ClientPPTP VPN Client can be congured on this router. Using this client you can access remote network which is local to PPTP server. Once client is enabled, the user can access Status > Active VPNs page and establish PPTP VPN tunnel clicking Connect. Field DescriptionClient Toggle to ON to enable PPTP client.Server IP Enter the IP address of the PPTP server you want to connect to.Remote Network Enter the remote network address. This address is local for the PPTP Server.Remote Netmask Enter the remote network subnet mask.Username Enter your PPTP user name.Password Enter your PPTP password.MPPE Encryption Toggle to ON to enable Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE).Idle Time Out Enter the amount of time (in seconds) that you will disconnect from the PPTP server when idle. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.To congure the router as a PPTP VPN client:1. Click VPN > PPTP VPN > Client tab.2. Toggle Client to ON and complete the elds in the table below.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 105Section 7 - VPNPPTP Active Users ListA list of PPTP connections will be displayed on this page. Right-click the connection to connect and disconnect.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 106Section 7 - VPNL2TP VPNServerPath: VPN > L2TP VPN > ServerA L2TP VPN can be established through this router. Once enabled a L2TP server is available on the router for LAN and WAN L2TP client users to access. Once the L2TP server is enabled, PPTP clients that are within the range of congured IP addresses of allowed clients can reach the router’s L2TP server. Once authenticated by the L2TP server (the tunnel endpoint), L2TP clients have access to the network managed by the router.The range of IP addresses allocated to L2TP clients can coincide with the LAN subnet. As well the L2TP server will default to local L2TP user authentication, but can be congured to employ an external authentication server should one be congured.Field DescriptionEnable L2TP Server Select either IPv4 or IPv6.L2TP Routing Mode Select either NAT or Classical. Starting/Ending IP Address Enter the IP address range to assign your L2TP clients.IPv6 Prex If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prex.IPv6 Prex Length If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prex length.Authentication Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu.Authentication Supported Toggle which type of authentication you want to enable to ON.Idle TimeOut Enter the amount of time in seconds that the connection will disconnect when idle.NetBIOS Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel.Save Click to save your settings.To create a L2TP VPN server:1. Click VPN >L2TP VPN > Server.2. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 107Section 7 - VPNClientField DescriptionClient Toggle to ON to enable L2TP client.Server IP Enter the IP address of the L2TP server you want to connect to.Remote Network Enter the remote network address. This address is local for the L2TP Server.Remote Netmask Enter the remote network subnet mask.Username Enter your L2TP user name.Password Enter your L2TP password.Reconnect Mode Select Always On or On Demand.MPPE Encryption Toggle to ON to enable Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE).Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.L2TP VPN Client can be congured on this router. Using this client we can access remote network which is local to L2TP server. Once client is enabled, the user can access Status > Active VPNs page and establish L2TP VPN tunnel clicking Connect. To congure the router as a L2TP VPN client:1. Click VPN > L2TP VPN > Client tab.2. Toggle Client to ON and complete the elds in the table below.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 108Section 7 - VPNL2TP Active Users ListA list of L2TP connections will be displayed on this page. Right-click the connection to connect and disconnect.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 109Section 7 - VPNSSL VPNSSL VPN Policies can be created on a Global, Group, or User level. User level policies take precedence over Group level policies and Group level policies take precedence over Global policies. These policies can be applied to a specic network resource, IP address, or IP ranges on the LAN, or to dierent SSL VPN services supported by the router. The List of Available Policies can be ltered based on whether it applies to a user, group, or all users (global).To add a SSL VPN policy, you must rst assign it to a user, group, or make it global (i.e., applicable to all SSL VPN users). If the policy is for a group, the available congured groups are shown in a drop-down menu and one must be selected. Similarly, for a user-dened policy, a SSL VPN user must be chosen from the available list of congured users.The next step is to dene the policy details. The policy name is a unique identier for this rule. The policy can be assigned to a specic Network Resource (details follow in the subsequent section), IP address, IP network, or all devices on the LAN of the router. Based on the selection of one of these four options, the appropriate conguration elds are required (i.e., choosing the network resources from a list of dened resources, or dening the IP addresses). For applying the policy to addresses the port range/port number can be dened.The nal steps require the policy permission to be set to either permit or deny access to the selected addresses or network resources. As well the policy can be specied for one or all of the supported SSL VPN services (i.e. VPN tunnel).Once dened, the policy goes into eect immediately. The policy name, SSL service it applies to, destination (network resource or IP addresses), and permission (deny/permit) is outlined in a list of congured policies for the router.Note: You must enable Remote Management. Refer to “Remote Management” on page 173.To create a new SSL VPN policy:1. Make sure you have enabled remote management and have created user(s) and group(s) to assign to this policy.2. Click VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Server Policy.3. Click Add New SSL VPN Server Policy.Server Policies
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 110Section 7 - VPN4. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionPolicy Type Select Global, Group, or User.Available Groups/Users If you selected Group, select a group from the drop-down menu. If you selected User, select a user from the drop-down menu.Apply Policy To Select Network Resource, IP Address, IP Network, or All Addresses. Policy Name Enter a unique name for this policy.IP Address If you selected IP Address or IP Network, enter the IP address.Mask Length If you selected IP Network, enter the mask length (0-32).ICMP Toggle to ON to include ICMP trac.Begin/End Enter a port range or leave blank to include all TCP and UDP ports. These elds are not available when selecting Network Resource.Dened ResourcesIf you selected Network Resource, select the resource for the Dened Resource drop-down menu. If you have not created a resource, refer to “Resources” on page 113 to create a dened resource.Service Select either VPN Tunnel, Port Forwarding, or All. This eld is not available when selecting Network Resource.Permission Select either Permit or Deny.Save Click to save your settings.Network Resource IP Address
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 111Section 7 - VPNPortal LayoutsPath: VPN > SSL VPN > Portal LayoutsYou may create a custom page for remote VPN users that is viewed during authentication. You may include login instructions, services, and other details. Note that the default portal LAN IP address is https://192.168.10.1/scgi-bin/userPortal/portal. This is the same page that opens when the “User Portal” link is clicked on the SSL VPN menu of the router web UI. To create a new portal layout:1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Portal Layouts.2. Click Add New SSL VPN Portal Layout.Note: You may right-click a layout from the list and edit or delete a layout.3. Complete the elds from the table on the next page and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 112Section 7 - VPNField DescriptionPortal Layout Name Enter a name for this portal. This name will be used as part of the path for the SSL portal URL. Only alphanumeric characters are allowed for this eld.Login Prole View Select a login prole from the drop-down menu.Portal Site Title Enter the portal web browser window title that appears when the client accesses this portal. This eld is optional.Banner Title The banner title that is displayed to SSL VPN clients prior to login. This eld is optional.Banner Message Enter a message you want to display.Display Banner Message on Login PageToggle to ON to display the banner title and message or OFF to hide the banner title and message.HTTP Meta Tags for Cache Control Toggle to ON or OFF. This security feature prevents expired web pages and data from being stored in the client‘s web browser cache. It is recommended to toggle to ON.Active X Web Cache Cleaner Toggle to ON or O. An ActiveX cache control web cleaner can be pushed from the gateway to the client browser whenever users login to this SSL VPN portal.Authentication Type Select the type of authentication from the drop-down menu.Group Select what group to include from the drop-down menu.VPN Tunnel Page Toggle to ON to allow remote users to view this page.Port Forwarding Toggle to ON to allow remote users to view this page.Save Click to save your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 113Section 7 - VPNResourcesPath: VPN > SSL VPN > ResourcesNetwork resources are services or groups of LAN IP addresses that are used to easily create and congure SSL VPN policies. This shortcut saves time when creating similar policies for multiple remote SSL VPN users.Adding a Network Resource involves creating a unique name to identify the resource and assigning it to one or all of the supported SSL services. Once this is done, editing one of the created network resources allows you to congure the object type (either IP address or IP range) associated with the service. The Network Address, Mask Length, and Port Range/Port Number can all be dened for this resource as required. 3. Complete the elds from the table on the next page and click Save.Add New ResourceTo add a new resource:1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Resources.2. Click Add New Resource.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 114Section 7 - VPNField DescriptionResource Name Enter a unique name for this resource.Service Select VPN Tunnel, Port Forwarding, or All.ICMP Toggle to ON to include ICMP trac.Object Type Select Single IP Address or IP Network.Object Address Enter the IP address.Mask Length If you selected IP Network, enter the mask length (0-32).Begin/End Enter a port range for the object.Save Click to save your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 115Section 7 - VPNPort ForwardingTo add a port forwarding rule:1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Resources.2. Click Add New Rule under either Port Forwarding List for Congured Applications (TCP Port) or under Port Forwarding List for Congured Host Names (FQDN).3. Enter the IP address of the local server.4. Next enter either the TCP port number or the domain name (FQDN).5. Click Save.Port forwarding allows remote SSL users to access specied network applications or services after they login to the User Portal and launch the Port Forwarding service. Trac from the remote user to the router is detected and re-routed based on congured port forwarding rules.Internal host servers or TCP applications must be specied as being made accessible to remote users. Allowing access to a LAN server requires entering the local server IP address and TCP port number of the application to be tunnelled.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 116Section 7 - VPNClientTo congure client mode:1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client.Path: VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN ClientAn SSL VPN tunnel client provides a point-to-point connection between the browser-side machine and this router. When a SSL VPN client is launched from the user portal, a "network adapter" with an IP address from the corporate subnet, DNS and WINS settings is automatically created. This allows local applications to access services on the private network without any special network conguration on the remote SSL VPN client machine.It is important to ensure that the virtual (PPP) interface address of the VPN tunnel client does not conict with physical devices on the LAN. The IP address range for the SSL VPN virtual network adapter should be either in a dierent subnet or non-overlapping range as the corporate LAN.The router allows full tunnel and split tunnel support. Full tunnel mode just sends all trac from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split tunnel mode only sends trac to the private LAN based on pre-specied client routes. These client routes give the SSL client access to specic private networks, thereby allowing access control over specic LAN services.2. Toggle Full Tunnel Support to ON to support full tunnel or OFF to enable split tunnel.3. Enter a DNS sux to assign to this client (optional).3. Enter a primary and secondary DNS server addresses (optional).4. Enter the range of IP addresses clients will be assigned (DHCP).5. Next to LCP Timeout, set the value for LCP echo interval (in seconds).6. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 117Section 7 - VPNClient RoutesPath: VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN ClientIf the SSL VPN client is assigned an IP address in a dierent subnet than the corporate network, a client route must be added to allow access to the private LAN through the VPN tunnel. As well a static route on the private LAN‘s rewall (typically this router) is needed to forward private trac through the VPN Firewall to the remote SSL VPN client.When split tunnel mode is enabled, the user is required to congure routes for VPN tunnel clients:• Destination network: The network address of the LAN or the subnet information of the destination network from the VPN tunnel clients‘ perspective is set here.• Subnet mask: The subnet information of the destination network is set here.To congure a client route:1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Client Routes.2. Click Add New Client Route.3. Enter the destination network and subnet mask.4. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 118Section 7 - VPNOpen VPNVPN > OpenVPN > SettingsOpenVPN allows peers to authenticate each other using a pre-shared secret key, certicates, or username/password. When used in a multiclient-server conguration, it allows the server to release an authentication certicate for every client, using signature and Certicate authority. An OpenVPN can be established through this router. You can select server mode, client mode, or access server client mode. In access server client mode, the user has to download the auto login prole from the OpenVPN Access Server and upload the same to connect.ServerSettingsField DescriptionMode Select Server.VPN Network Enter the IP network for the VPN.VPN Netmask Enter the netmask.Port Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194.Tunnel Protocol Select either TCP or UDP.Encryption Algorithm Select the encryption algorithm from the drop-down menu.Hash Algorithm Select the hash algorithm from the drop-down menu.Tunnel TypeSelect either Full Tunnel or Split Tunnel. Full Tunnel mode just sends all trac from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split Tunnel mode only sends trac to the private LAN based on pre-specied client routes. If you select Split Tunnel, refer to “Local Networks” on page 121 to create local networks.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.To congure the router as an OpenVPN Server:1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings.2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the elds in the table below.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 119Section 7 - VPNClientField DescriptionMode Select Client.Server IP Enter the IP address of the OpenVPN server.Port Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194. Tunnel Protocol Select either TCP or UDP.Encryption Algorithm Select the encryption algorithm from the drop-down menu.Hash Algorithm Select the hash algorithm from the drop-down menu.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.To congure the router as an OpenVPN client:1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings.2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the elds in the table below.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 120Section 7 - VPNAccess Server ClientField DescriptionMode Select Access Server Client.Port Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194. Upload Status Displays if a conguration le has been uploaded.File Click Browse and locate the conguration le. Click Open and then click Upload.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.To congure the router as an OpenVPN access server client:1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings.2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the elds in the table below.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 121Section 7 - VPNLocal NetworksIf you selected Split Tunnel (from OpenVPN Server), you can create a local network by following the steps below:1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Local Networks.2. Click Add New OpenVPN Local Network.3. Enter a local IP network.4. Enter the subnet mask.5. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 122Section 7 - VPNRemote NetworksTo create remote networks:1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Remote Networks.2. Click Add New OpenVPN Remote Network.3. Enter a name of the remote network. 4. Enter a local IP network.5. Enter the subnet mask.6. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 123Section 7 - VPNAuthenticationThis page will allow you to upload certicates and keys. Click Browse and select the le you want to upload. Click Open and then click Upload.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 124Section 7 - VPNGREVPN > VPN Settings > GREGRE tunnels allow for broadcast trac on the LAN of the router to be passed over the internet and received by remote LAN hosts. This is primarily useful in the D-Link Discovery Protocol (DDP) application where broadcast trac from one LAN host is to be received by all LAN hosts in the local subnets of the GRE endpoints.Note the following limits for the number of supported GRE tunnels per product:• DSR-150/150N: 5• DSR-250/250N: 10• DSR-500/500N/500AC: 15• DSR-1000/1000N/1000AC: 20There are two simple steps involved in establishing a GRE tunnel on the router:1. Create a GRE tunnel from the GUI2. Setup a static route for the remote local networks using the GRE tunnelWhen creating the GRE tunnel, the IP Address should be a unique address that identies that GRE tunnel endpoint. It will be referenced in the other router’s static route as the Gateway IP address. The Remote End Address in the GRE tunnel conguration page is the WAN IP address of the other endpoint router.Once the tunnel is established, a static route on the router can be made using the interface set to the congured GRE tunnel name. The destination IP address of the static route is the remote LAN subnet, and the route’s gateway IP address will be the GRE tunnel IP of the terminating router (the same router that manages the remote LAN subnet). Once these two steps are completed, all DDP broadcast trac can ow between remote LAN subnets via the GRE Tunnel.To create a GRE tunnel:1. Click VPN > GRE > GRE Tunnels.2. Click Add New GRE Tunnel.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 125Section 7 - VPN3. Complete the elds in the table below and then click Save.Field DescriptionGRE Tunnel Name Enter a name for the tunnel.IP Address Enter the IP address of this endpoint. It will be referenced in the other router’s static route as the Gateway IP address.Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask.Interface Select the interface to create this tunnel with from the drop-down menu.Remote End Address Enter the WAN IP address of the endpoint router.Enable DDP Broadcast Toggle to ON to enable DDP broadcasting.IP Address Enter the destination IP address of the static route from the remote LAN subnet.Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask.Gateway IP Address Enter the IP address of the termination router.Save Click Save to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 126Section 8 - SecurityField DescriptionGroup Name Enter a name for the group.Description Enter a description for the group.User TypeSelect the user type:• Admin - Grants all users in this group super-user privileges. By default, there is one admin user.• Network - Grants the next level of privileges.• Front Desk - Grants permissions to create temporary users who can Internet/network access (Hotspot).• Guest - Guest users will only have read access. Network and Admin users can toggle ON PPTP, L2TP, Xauth (Network only), SSLVPN, and Captive Portal.Idle TimeoutEnter the number of minutes of inactivity that must occur before the users in this user group are logged out of their web management session automatically. Entering an Idle Timeout value of 0 (zero) means never log out.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.GroupsPath: Security > Authentication > User Database > GroupsThe group page allows creating, editing, and deleting groups. The groups are associated to set of user types. To edit/delete an existing group, or add a new group:1. Click Security > Authentication > User Database > Groups tab.2. Right-click a group entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New Group.3. Complete the elds in the table below and click Save.Admin User Type Network User TypeSecurity
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 127Section 8 - SecurityLogin PoliciesPath: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > GroupsUsing the following procedure, you can grant or deny a user group login access to the web management interface.1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab.2. Click Add Login Policies.3. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionGroup Name Select the group you want to congure.Disable Login Toggle ON to deny login access to the web management interface for all users in this user group. Toggle OFF will allow users to log in.Deny Login from Option InterfaceToggle ON to deny login access to the web management interface from the WAN2/DMZ Port for all users in this user group. Toggle OFF will allow users.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 128Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > GroupsUse this feature to allow or deny users in a selected group from using a particular web browser to log in to the router’s web management interface.1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab.Browser Policies2. Click Add Browser Policies.3. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionGroup Name Select the group you want to congure from the drop-down menu.Client Browser Select a web browser from the drop-down menu.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.4. Your policy will now be in the browser policies list. By default the status will be set to deny. If you want to set the status to allow, right-click the policy and select Allow.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 129Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > GroupsUse this feature to allow or deny users in a user group to log in to the router’s web management interface from a particular network or IP address.1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab.IP Policies2. Click Add IP Policies.3. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionGroup Name Select the group you want to congure from the drop-down menu.Source Address Type Select either Network to specify a IP network or IP Address to specify a specic IP address.Network Address/IP Address Enter the network address or IP address.Mask Length If you selected Network, enter the mask length. Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 130Section 8 - SecurityUsersPath: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > UsersAfter you add user groups, you can add users to the user groups. Users can be added individually, or they can be imported from a comma-separated-value (CSV) formatted le. After you add users, you can edit them when changes are required or delete users when you no longer need them.To edit/delete existing users, or add a new user:1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Users tab.User Management3. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionUser Name Enter the user name for this user. This name is a unique identierFirst Name Enter the user’s rst name.Last Name Enter the user’s last name.Select Group Select the group you want to assign this user to from the drop-down menu.Password Enter a case-sensitive login password that the user must specify at the login prompt to access the web management interface. For security, each typed password character is masked with a dot (•).Conrm Password Enter the password to conrm.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.2. Right-click a group entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New User.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 131Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Get User DBThe DSR administrator can add users to the local built-in database directly via an appropriately-formatted comma separated value (CSV) le. The advantage of this feature is to allow for a large number of users to be added to the system with one operation, and the same le can be uploaded to multiple DSR devices as needed. Once uploaded the specic users in the local user database can be modied via the GUI as needed.To import a user database:1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Get User DB tab.2. Click Browse and locate the le you want to upload. Select it and click Open.3. Click Upload.4. Once completed, go to Security > Authentication > User Database > Users and your imported users will be displayed in the Users List.5. From the list you can right-click the user to edit or delete.Import User Database
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 132Section 8 - SecurityThe following parameters must be used to dene the User database CSV le.1. Create an empty text le with a .csv extension.2. Each line in the le corresponds to a single user entry. Every line should end with carriage return equivalent of CRLF. Do not add comments or other text in this le.3. Formatting rules:a) All the elds must be enclosed within double quotes.b) Consecutive elds are separated by commas.c) There should be no leading or trailing spaces in a line.d) There should be no spaces between elds. Each line in the CSV user database le should follow the following format: "UserName","FirstName","LastName","GroupName","MultiLogin","Password" The above sample has elds that can assume the following values:• Username (text eld): Name of the user and identier in the DSR’s database, and so it must be unique in the local user database.• FirstName (text eld): This is a user detail and need not be unique.• LastName (text eld): This is a user detail and need not be unique.• GroupName (text eld): The group that is associated with this user.• MultiLogSup (Boolean value): With this enabled (“1”), then multiple users can share a single username and password.• Password (text eld): password to assign for this username• The Group for a corresponding user (“GroupName” in the CSV) must be created via the GUI in advance of the User Database CSV upload action.• None of the above elds can be left empty or NULL in the User Database CSV.Create a User Database (CSV File)
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 133Section 8 - SecurityExternal Authentication ServersPath: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > RADIUS ServerA RADIUS server can be congured and accessible by the router to authenticate client connections.To congure the router to connect to your RADIUS server:1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > RADIUS Server tab.RADIUS ServerField DescriptionAuthentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of your RADIUS server.Authentication Port Enter the RADIUS authentication server port.Secret Enter the secret key that allows the device to log into the congured RADIUS server. It must match the secret on RADIUS server.Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the RADIUS server.Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the RADIUS server before giving up.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.Server Check Click to test the connection(s) to your RADIUS Server(s).2. Complete the RADIUS server information from the table below and click Save. You can congure up to three servers.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 134Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 ServerPOP3 is an application layer protocol most commonly used for e-mail over a TCP/IP connection. The authentication server can be used with SSL encryption over port 995 to send encrypted trac to the POP3 server. The POP3 server’s certicate is veried by a user-uploaded CA certicate. If SSL encryption is not used, port 110 will be used for the POP3 authentication trac.To congure the router to connect to your POP3 server:1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Server tab.POP3 ServerField DescriptionAuthentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of your POP3 server.Authentication Port Enter the POP3 authentication server port.SSL Enable Toggle to ON to enable SSL support for POP3. If this option is enabled, it is mandatory to select a certicate authority for it.CA File Certicate Authority to verify POP3 server’s certicate.Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the POP3 server.Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the POP3 server before giving up.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.Server Check Click to test the connection(s) to your POP3 Server(s).2. Complete the POP3 server information from the table below and click Save. You can congure up to three servers.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 135Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Trusted CAA CA le is used as part of the POP3 negotiation to verify the congured authentication server identity. Each of the three congured servers can have a unique CA used for authentication.To congure:1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Trusted CA tab.POP3 Trusted Server2. Click Add CA File.3. Click Browse and select a CA le. Click Open and then click Upload.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 136Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > LDAP ServerThe LDAP authentication method uses LDAP to exchange authentication credentials between the router and an external server. The LDAP server maintains a large database of users in a directory structure, so users with the same user name but belonging to dierent groups can be authenticated since the user information is stored ina hierarchal manner. Also of note is that conguring a LDAP server on Windows or Linux servers is considerably less complex than setting up NT Domain or Active Directory servers for user authentication.The details congured on the controller will be passed for authenticating the router and its hosts. The LDAP attributes, domain name (DN), and in some cases the administrator account & password are key elds in allowing the LDAP server to authenticate the controller.To congure the router to connect to your LDAP server:1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > LDAP Server tab.LDAP ServerField DescriptionAuthentication Server (1-3) Enter the IP address of your primary LDAP server.LDAP Attribute (1-4)These are attributes related to LDAP users congured in LDAP server. These may include attributes like SAM account name, associated domain name etc. These can be used to distinguish between dierent users having same user name. LDAP Base DN Enter the base domain name. Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the LDAP server.Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the LDAP server before giving up.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.Administrator Account Enter the admin account information that will be used when LDAP authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection.Server Check Click to test the connection(s) to your LDAP Server(s).2. Complete the LDAP server information from the table below and click Save. You can congure up to three servers.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 137Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > AD ServerActive Directory authentication is an enhanced version of NT Domain authentication. The Kerberos protocol is leveraged for authentication of users, who are grouped in Organizational Units (OUs). In particular the Active Directory server can support more than a million users given is structure while the NT Domain server is limited to thousands. The congured Authentication Servers and Active Directory domain(s) are used to validate the user with the directory of users on the external Windows based server. This authentication option is common for SSL VPN client users and is also useful for IPsec / PPTP / L2TP client authentication.To congure the router to connect to your AD server:1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > AD Server tab.AD Server2. Complete the AD server information from the table on the next page and click Save. You can congure up to three servers.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 138Section 8 - SecurityField DescriptionAuthentication Server (1-3) Enter the IP address of your AD server(s).Active Directory Domain (1-3) Enter the active directory domain name(s). Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the AD server.Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the AD server before giving up.Administrator Account Enter the admin account information that will be used when authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.Server Check Click to test the connection(s) to your AD Server(s).
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 139Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > NT DomainThe NT Domain server allows users and hosts to authenticate themselves via a pre-congured Workgroup eld. Typically Windows or Samba servers are used to manage the domain of authentication for the centralized directory of authorized users.To congure the router to connect to your NT domain server:1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > NT Domain tab.NT Domain Server2. Complete the NT server information from the table below and click Save. You can congure up to three servers.Field DescriptionAuthentication Server (1-3) Enter the IP address of your NT server(s).Workgroup (1-3) Enter the NT workgroup name(s). Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the AD server.Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the AD server before giving up.Administrator Account Enter the admin account information that will be used when authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection.Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings.Server Check Click to test the connection(s) to your AD Server(s).
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 140Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > Login ProlesWhen a wireless client connects to the SSIDs or VLANs, the user sees a login page. The Login Prole and SLA page allows you to customize the appearance of that page with specic text and images. The wireless router supports multiple login and SLA pages. Associate login page or SLAs on SSIDs or VLANs separately.To add, delete, or edit login proles:1. Click Security > Authentication > Login Proles tab.Login Proles3. Complete the elds from the table on the next page and click Save.2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New Login Prole.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 141Section 8 - SecurityField DescriptionGeneral DetailsProle Name Enter a name for this captive portal prole. The name should allow you to dierentiate this captive prole from others you may set up.Browser Title Enter the text that will appear in the title of the browser during the captive portal session.BackgroundSelect whether the login page displayed during the captive portal session will show an image or color. Choices are:• Image: Displays an image as the background on the page. Use the Page Background Image eld to select a background image. • Color: Sets the background color on the page. Select the color from the drop-down menuPage Background Image If you set Background to Image, upload the image le by clicking Add > Browse. Select an image, click Open and then click the Upload button. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb.Page Background Upload Choose the le you want to upload.Page Background Color If you set Background to Color, select the background color of the page that will appear during the captive portal session from the drop-down menu.Custom Color If you choose Custom on Page Background Color, enter the HTML color code. Minimal Page for Mobile Devices Toggle to ON to allow the web page to be properly viewed from a mobile device.Header DetailsBackgroundSelect whether the login page displayed during the captive portal session will show an image or color. Choices are:• Image: Show image on the page. Use the Header Background Color eld to select a background color. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb.• Color: Show background color on the page. Use the radio buttons to select an image.Header Background Image If you set Background to Image, upload the image le by clicking Add > Browse. Select an image, click Open and then click the Upload button. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb.Header Background Upload Choose the le you want to upload.Header Background Color If you set Background to Color, select the header color from the drop-down menu.Custom Color If you choose Custom on Page Background Color, you can choose particular color by lling in the HTML color code. Header Caption Enter the text that appears in the header of the login page during the captive portal session.Caption Font Select the font for the header text.Font Size Select the font size for the header text.Font Color Select the font color for the header text.Login DetailsLogin Section Title Enter the text that appears in the title of the login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session. This eld is optional.Welcome Message Enter the welcome message that appears when users log in to the captive session successfully. This eld is optional.Error Message Enter the error message that appears when users fail to log in to the captive session successfully. This eld is optional.Footer DetailsChange Footer Content Enables or disables changes to the footer content on the login page.Footer Content If Change Footer Content is checked, enter the text that appears in the footer.Footer Font Color If Change Footer Content is checked, select the color of the text that appears in the footer.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 142Section 8 - SecurityExternal Payment GatewayEnable External Payment Gateway Enables or disables external payment gateway and online wireless service purchasing from on the login page.Session Title 1 Enter the text that appears in the title of the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session.Message Enter the text appears in the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session.Session Title 2 Enter the text that appears in the title of the message box while online purchasing is complete.Success Message Enter the text that appears in the message box while online purchasing is complete.Session Title 3 Enter the text that appears in the title of the message box while online purchasing is fail.Failure Message Enter the text that appears in the message box while online purchasing is fail.Enable Billing Prole Select the billing prole which will be shown on the login page. The table only listed the billing proles which are set Unit Price. Enable the billing prole by switch ON on STATUS.Service Disclaimer Text Enter the service disclaimer text which is shown before user select and purchase wireless service.Payment Server Select the payment received account and its payment agent.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 143Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Authentication > Static FilteringYou may block access to certain Internet services.To block or allow a service:1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering tab.Static FilteringWeb Content Filtering2. Toggle Content Filtering to ON.3. Toggle the service to ON to block. Toggle to OFF to allow.4. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 144Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Approved URLThe approved URL list is an acceptance list for all URL domain names. Domains added to this list are allowed in any form. For example, if the domain “dlink” is added to this list then all of the following URL’s are permitted access from the LAN: www.dlink.com, support.dlink.com, etc. Importing/exporting from a text or CSV le is also supported.To add/import/export URLs to the approved list:1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Approved URL tab.Approved URLs2. To import a list from a text/CSV le, click Upload URLs List from File. If you want to export the current list, click Export URLs List to File. To add a new URL, click Add New Approved URL. 3. Enter a URL and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 145Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Blocked KeywordsKeyword blocking allows you to block all website URL’s or site content that contains the keywords in the congured list. This is lower priority than the Approved URL List; i.e. if a blocked keyword is present in a site allowed by a trusted domain in the Approved URL List, then access to that site will be allowed. Import/export from a text or CSV le is also supported.To add/import/export URLs to the approved list:1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Blocked Keywords tab.Blocked Keywords2. To import a list from a text/CSV le, click Upload Keywords List from File. If you want to export the current list, click Export Keywords List to File. To add a new URL, click Add New Keyword. 3. Enter a keyword and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 146Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Web Content Filter > Dynamic FilteringDynamic Filtering will allow you to lter content from a list of categories. The router must be upgraded with the WCF license and then the Content Filtering option, which allows the user to lter out internet sites, needs to be enabled. When enabled, access to a website belonging to one of these congured categories will be blocked with an error page.To add/import/export URLs to the approved list:1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Dynamic Filtering.Dynamic Filtering2. Toggle Global Filtering to ON to enable dynamic ltering.3. Toggle any of the listed categories to ON to block. Toggle to OFF to allow.4. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 147Section 8 - SecurityPath: Security > Firewall > Firewall Rules > IPv4 Firewall Rules or IPv6 Firewall RulesInbound (WAN to LAN/DMZ) rules restrict access to trac entering your network, selectively allowing only specic outside users to access specic local resources. By default all access from the insecure WAN side are blocked from accessing the secure LAN, except in response to requests from the LAN or DMZ. To allow outside devices to access services on the secure LAN, you must create an inbound rewall rule for each service.If you want to allow incoming trac, you must make the router’s WAN port IP address known to the public. This is called “exposing your host.” How you make your address known depends on how the WAN ports are congured; for this router you may use the IP address if a static address is assigned to the WAN port, or if your WAN address is dynamic a DDNS (Dynamic DNS) name can be used.Outbound (LAN/DMZ to WAN) rules restrict access to trac leaving your network, selectively allowing only specic local users to access specic outside resources. The default outbound rule is to allow access from the secure zone (LAN) to either the public DMZ or insecure WAN. On other hand the default outbound rule is to deny access from DMZ to insecure WAN. You can change this default behavior in the Firewall Settings > Default Outbound Policy page. When the default outbound policy is allow always, you can to block hosts on the LAN from accessing internet services by creating an outbound rewall rule for each service. To create a new rewall rule:1. Click Security > Firewall > IPv4 Firewall Rules tab or IPv6 Firewall Rules tab.FirewallFirewall Rules2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New IPv4/IPv6 Firewall Rule.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 148Section 8 - Security3. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionFrom Zone Select the source of originating trac: either secure LAN, public DMZ, or insecure WAN. For an inbound rule WAN should be selected.To ZoneSelect the destination of trac covered by this rule. If the From Zone is the WAN, the To Zone can be the public DMZ or secure LAN. Similarly if the From Zone is the LAN, then the To Zone can be the public DMZ or insecure WAN.Service Select a service from the drop-down menu. ANY means all trac is aected by this rule. Action Select an action from the drop-down menu.Source Hosts Select a source host. If you select Single Address or Address Range, you will need to enter the IP address or IP range.Destination Hosts Select a Destination host. If you select Single Address or Address Range, you will need to enter the IP address or IP range.Log Select whether to log rewall trac or not.QoS Priority (IPv4 only)Outbound rules (where To Zone = insecure WAN only) can have the trac marked with a QoS priority tag. Select a priority level: • Normal-Service: ToS=0 (lowest QoS) • Minimize-Cost: ToS=1 • Maximize-Reliability: ToS=2 • Maximize-Throughput: ToS=4 • Minimize-Delay: ToS=16
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 149Section 8 - SecuritySchedulesPath: Security > Firewall > SchedulesFirewall rules can be enabled or disabled automatically if they are associated with a congured schedule. The schedule conguration page allows you to dene days of the week and the time of day for a new schedule, and then this schedule can be selected in the rewall rule conguration page.Note: All schedules will follow the time in the router’s congured time zone. Refer to the section on choosing your Time Zone and conguring NTP servers for more information.To add, delete, or edit a schedule:1. Click Security > Firewall > Schedules.2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Schedule.Field DescriptionName Enter a name for your schedule.Scheduled Days Select All Days or Specic Days.Monday - Sunday If you selected Specic Days, toggle each day you want to ON.Scheduled Time of Day Select All Day or Specic Times. Start Time/End TimeIf you selected Specic Times, use the mouse on the blue boxes representing the hour, minutes, and am/pm to select the start time and end time. Click, hold, and move up to decrease the value or move down to increase the value. Save Click to save your settings.Specic Days enabled Specic Times enabled
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 150Section 8 - SecurityCustom ServicesPath: Security > Firewall > Custom ServicesCustom services can be dened to add to the list of services available during rewall rule conguration. While common services have known TCP/UDP/ICMP ports for trac, many custom or uncommon applications exist in the LAN or WAN. In the custom service conguration menu you can dene a range of ports and identify the trac type (TCP/UDP/ICMP) for this service. Once dened, the new service will appear in the services list of the rewall rules conguration menu. To add, delete, or edit a custom service:1. Click Security > Firewall > Custom Services.2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Custom Service.Field DescriptionName Enter a name for your custom service.Type Enter the layer 3 protocol that the service uses (TCP, UDP, BOTH, or ICMP).Port Type Select Port Range or Multiple Ports. Start Port If you selected Port Range, enter the rst (TCP, UDP or BOTH) port of a range that the service uses.Finish Port If you selected Port Range, enter the last port of a range that the service uses.Ports If you selected Multiple Ports, enter the port or ports separated by a comma.ICMP Type The ICMP type is a numeric value that can range between 0 and 40.Save Click to save your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 151Section 8 - SecurityALGsPath: Security > Firewall > ALGsApplication Level Gateways (ALGs) are security components that enhance the rewall and NAT support of this router to seamlessly support application layer protocols. In some cases enabling the ALG will allow the rewall to use dynamic ephemeral TCP/ UDP ports to communicate with the known ports a particular client application (such as H.323 or RTSP) requires, without which the admin would have to open large number of ports to accomplish the same support. Because the ALG understands the protocol used by the specic application that it supports, it is a very secure and ecient way of introducing support for client applications through the router’srewall.1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs tab.2. Toggle the protocol(s) to ON that you want to allow through the router.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 152Section 8 - SecuritySMTP ALGsPath: Security > Firewall > ALGs > SMTP ALGsSimple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is a text based protocol used for transferring email between mail servers over the Internet. Typically the local SMTP server will be located on a DMZ so that mail sent by remote SMTP servers will traverse the router to reach the local server. Local users will then use email client software to retrieve their email from the local SMTP server. SMTP is also used when clients are sending email and SMTP ALG can be used to monitor SMTP trac originating from both clients and servers.1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > SMTP ALGs tab.2. Toggle Status to ON.3. Enter the port at which the SMTP packets are inspected.4. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 153Section 8 - SecurityApproved Mail IDsPath: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Approved Mail IDs1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Approved Mail IDs tab.2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Approved Mail ID.3. Enter a mail ID and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 154Section 8 - SecurityBlocked Mail IDsPath: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Blocked Mail IDs1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Blocked Mail IDs tab.2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Blocked Mail ID.3. Enter a mail ID and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 155Section 8 - SecurityMail FilteringPath: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Mail Filtering1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Mail Filtering tab.2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Mail Filter.3. Enter a subject and a mail ID.4. Select to allow or block.5. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 156Section 8 - SecurityVPN PassthroughPath: Security > Firewall > VPN PassthroughThis router’s rewall settings can be congured to allow encrypted VPN trac for IPsec, PPTP, and L2TP VPN tunnel connections between the LAN and internet. A specic rewall rule or service is not appropriate to introduce this passthrough support; instead the options in the VPN Passthrough page must be toggled to ON.1. Click Security > Firewall > VPN Passthrough.2. Toggle the VPN protocol you want to allow to ON and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 157Section 8 - SecurityDynamic Port ForwardingPath: Security > Firewall > Dynamic Port Forwarding > Application RulesApplication rules are also referred to as port triggering. This feature allows devices on the LAN or DMZ to request one or more ports to be forwarded to them. Port triggering waits for an outbound request from the LAN/DMZ on one of the dened outgoing ports, and then opens an incoming port for that specied type of trac. This can be thought of as a form of dynamic port forwarding while an application is transmitting data over the opened outgoing or incoming port(s). Port triggering application rules are more exible than static port forwarding that is an available option when conguring rewall rules. This is because a port triggering rule does not have to reference a specic LAN IP or IP range. As well ports are not left open when not in use, thereby providing a level of security that port forwarding does not oer. Note: Port triggering is not appropriate for servers on the LAN, since there i s a dependency on the LAN device making an outgoing connection before incoming ports are opened.Some applications require that when external devices connect to them, they receive data on a specic port or range of ports in order to function properly. Th e router must send all incoming data for that application only on the required port or range of ports. The router has a list of common applications and games with corresponding outbound and inbound ports to open. You can also specify a port triggering rule by dening the type of trac (TCP or UDP) and the range of incoming and outgoing ports to open when enabled.1. Click Security > Firewall > Dynamic Port Forwarding > Application Rules tab.Application Rules2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Application Rule.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 158Section 8 - Security3. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionName Enter a name for your rule.Enable Toggle to ON to activate the rule.Protocol Select TCP or UDP.Interface Select either LAN or DMZ.Outgoing (Trigger) Port Range Enter the start and end trigger port range. Incoming Port Range Enter the port range to open.Save Click to save your settings.4. Click on the Application Rules Status tab to see a list of rules and their status.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 159Section 8 - SecurityAttack ChecksPath: Security > Firewall > Attack ChecksAttacks can be malicious security breaches or unintentional network issues that render the router unusable Attack checks allow you to manage WAN security threats such as continual ping requests and discovery via ARP scans. TCP and UDP ood attack checks can be enabled to manage extreme usage of WAN resources.Additionally certain Denial-of-Service (DoS) attacks can be blocked. These attacks, if uninhibited, can use up processing power and bandwidth and prevent regular network services from running normally. ICMP packet ooding, SYN trac ooding, and Echo storm thresholds can be congured to temporarily suspect trac from the oending source.1. Click Security > Firewall > Attack Checks.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionStealth Mode If this option is toggled to ON, the router will not respond to port scans from the WAN. This makes it less susceptible to discovery and attacks.Block TCP Flood If this option is toggled to ON, the router will drop all invalid TCP packets and be protected from a SYN ood attack.Block UDP FloodIf this option is toggled to ON, the router will not accept more than 20 simultaneous, active UDP connec-tions from a single computer on the LAN. You can set the number of simultaneous active UDP connections to be accepted from a single computer on the LAN; the default is 25.Allow Ping from LAN Toggle to ON to allow local computers to ping.Block ICMP Notication Toggle to ON to prevent ICMP packets from being identied as such. ICMP packets, if identied, can be captured and used in a Ping (ICMP) ood DoS attack.Block Fragmented Packets Toggle to ON to drop any fragmented packets through or to the gatewayBlock Multicast Packets Toggle to ON to drop multicast packets, which could indicate a spoof attack, through or to the router.Block Spoofed IP Packets Toggle to ON to block any spoofed IP packets.SYN Flood Detect Rate The rate at which the SYN Flood can be detected.Echo Storm The number of ping packets per second at which the router detects an Echo storm attack from the WAN and prevents further ping trac from that external address.ICMP Flood The number of ICMP packets per second at which the router detects an ICMP ood attack from the WAN and prevents further ICMP trac from that external address.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 160Section 8 - SecurityIntel® AMTPath: Security > Firewall > Intel® AMTIntel® Active Management Technology (AMT) allows you to remotely access and manage every networked device, even those that lack a working operating system or hard drive, or are turned o as long as the computer is connected to line power and to the network. Intel AMT uses a separate management processor that runs independently on the client machine and can be reached through the wired or wireless network. 1. Click Security > Firewall > Intel AMT.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionPorts When enabled, inbound/outbound rewall rules are added for certain ports to enable Intel AMT service.WAN Host Select ANY to allow all hosts access or select Specify WAN IPs and enter IP addresses of hosts (separate with a comma) you want to grant access to. Do not use spaces.Internal IP Address Enter the LAN IP address.Reector Toggle to ON to enable Reector. This will send data back to the client on selected ports.Redirect to Port 16992-16995 Toggle to ON to use the selected port. Enter the listening port on which the server will listen for incoming connections.Redirect to Port 9971 Toggle to ON to use the selected port. Enter the listening port on which the server will listen for incoming connections.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 161Section 8 - SecurityIPSPath: Security > Firewall > IPSThe router’s Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) prevents malicious attacks from the internet from accessing the private network. Static attack signatures loaded to the router allow common attacks to be detected and prevented. The checks can be enabled between the WAN and DMZ or LAN, and a running counter will allow the administrator to see how many malicious intrusion attempts from the WAN have been detected and prevented.Note: The DSR-150/150N routers do not support Intrusion Prevention System.1. Click Security > Firewall > IPS.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionEnable Intrusion Detection Toggle to ON to enable intrusion detection.Enable Intrusion Prevention Toggle to ON to enable intrusion prevention.LAN and WAN Toggle to ON to detect intrusions between the LAN and WAN interfaces.DMZ and WAN Toggle to ON to detect intrusions between the DMZ and WAN interfaces.Number of Signatures Loaded Displays the number of signatures loaded.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 162Section 9 - MaintenanceSystem SettingsPath: Maintenance > Administration > System SettingYou may change the name of the router here.1. Click Maintenance > Administration > System Setting.Maintenance2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionCurrent System Name Displays the current name for the router.New Name for System Enter a new name for the router.Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 163Section 9 - MaintenanceDate and TimePath: Maintenance > Administration > Date and TimeYou can congure your time zone, whether or not to adjust for Daylight Savings Time, and with which Network Time Protocol (NTP) server to synchronize the date and time. You can choose to set Date and Time manually, which will store the information on the router’s real time clock (RTC). If the router has access to the internet, the most accurate mechanism to set the router time is to enable NTP server communication.1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Date and Time.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionCurrent Device Time Displays the current date and time on the router.Time Zone Select your time zone from the drop-down menu.Daylight Saving Toggle to ON to enable daylight saving time.NTP Servers Toggle to ON to use NTP servers on the Internet.NTP Server Type Select either Default or Custom to enter specic NTP Server addresses.Primary NTP Server If you selected Custom, enter the primary NTP server address.Secondary NTP Server If you selected Custom, enter the secondary NTP server address.Time to re-synchronize Enter the time in minutes for the router to re-synch with the NTP server(s).Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 164Section 9 - MaintenanceSession SettingsPath: Maintenance > Administration > Session Settings Here you can set the timeout value for admin and guest logins.1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Session Settings.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionAdministrator Enter the timeout value in minutes for the Administrator account.Guest Enter the timeout value in minutes for the Guest account.Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 165Section 8 - SecurityLicense UpdatesPath: Maintenance > Administration > License Update Certain features can be added to the router by purchasing a license key. An activation code is provided based on the router’s MAC Address, so it will be unique to that particular device. Each license has the following three parameters:Field DescriptionModel The license model as it relates to the feature being added. Activation Code The activation code corresponding to this license.Expiration Licenses can either have a xed duration, or are perpetual for the life of this router.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 166Section 9 - MaintenanceUSB Share PortsPath: Maintenance > Administration > USB Share Ports This page allows congure the SharePort feature available on this router.1. Click Maintenance > Administration > USB Share Ports.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionUSB Port 1 Printer Toggle to ON to enable USB port 1. Once enabled you will need to enter your printer information.USB Port 2 Printer Toggle to ON to enable USB port 2. Once enabled you will need to enter your printer information.Interface Name Displays the name of the printer interface.Enable Printer Displays if the printer is enabled or not. Toggle to ON to enable.Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 167Section 9 - MaintenanceSMS ServicePath: Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Inbox The D-Link Services Router has a USB interface to connect 3G modem support to send and receive Short Messaging Service (SMS). The received messages can be seen in the Inbox and allows the user to create a new SMS. If WAN3 is used in dedicated WAN mode, load balancing mode, or if the 3G USB device is not connected to router then the controls on this page will not be available.To view any incoming messages:1. Click Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Inbox tab.2. The following details are displayed.Field DescriptionS. No Displays the serial number of the message.Sender Displays the sender of the message.Time Stamp Displays the time when the message was sent.Text Displays the content of the message.Save Click to save and activate your settings.Inbox3. Right-click the entry to delete, refresh, reply, or forward the message.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 168Section 9 - MaintenanceCreate SMSPath: Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service> Create SMSThis page allows you to send a message using the SMS service.1. Click Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Create SMS tab.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Send Message.Field DescriptionReceiver Enter the phone number of the intended receiver.Text Message Enter the message you want to send. Send Message Click to send your message.Cancel Click to reset the elds.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 169Section 9 - MaintenancePackage ManagerPath: Maintenance > Administration > Package Manager A package is a set of les which are installed by the router from D-Link’s repositories. This feature allows users to download new drivers for supported USB devices and language packs to enable multi-lingual support for the router’s management interface. Multi-lingual support via the package manager allows the user to choose a language of choice so that the entire textual content in the router’s user interface is presented in the selected language.This feature supports a single driver and single language pack to be stored in the router (i.e. these les are available for use after device reboot) . There are 2 types of installations supported by this feature:1. Manual Installation: Upon selecting manual installation, the user has to download the package which will then display the available languages that the router GUI now supports. Note: Only drivers provided by D-Link can be used for manual installation. A validation process will be performed during installation.2. Auto Installation: By selecting the link “click here” the auto-installation of the package is exercised. A page showing the list of available drivers / language packs is displayed from which the user can select and install one of the options. For this type of installation the router must be able to access the internet, as this will allow the user to download the package from a repository server which consists of all the available languages.1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Package Manager.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 170Section 9 - MaintenanceField DescriptionList of Default Drivers Displays the default drivers that are installed.Click Here Click to display a list of available packages for download. You must be connected to the Internet. Here you can select the driver to update or install.Manual Install If you have downloaded a packed, click Browse and select the package. Click Open and then click Install.Install History Displays a list of package installations.2. Complete the elds from the table below.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 171Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Administration > Set Language You can download language packs (refer to “Package Manager” on page 169) and install them on the router. Once you have downloaded a pack, follow the steps below to install:1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Set Language.2. Select a loaded language pack from the drop-down menu and click Save.Set Language
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 172Section 9 - MaintenanceWeb GUI ManagementPath: Maintenance > Administration > Web GUI Management The Web GUI Management page will allow you to specify by IP address or VLAN what users can congure the router using the web GUI.1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Web GUI Management.2. Toggle Enable to ON and click Save.3. Click Add New Conguration.4. Enter a name for this conguration.5. Select either Single IP Address and enter the IP address of the computer/device or VLAN Network and enter the VLAN ID that you want to allow access to the web GUI.6. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 173Section 9 - MaintenanceRemote ManagementPath: Maintenance > Management > Remote Management Enable this feature to be able to manage the router from a remote location, using HTTPS or Telnet. Both HTTPS and Telnet access can be restricted to a subset of IP addresses. The router administrator can dene a known PC, single IP address or range of IP addresses that are allowed to access the GUI with HTTPS. The opened port for SSL trac can be changed from the default of 443 at the same time as dening the allowed remote management IP address range. 1. Click Maintenance > Management > Remote Management.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionEnable Remote Management Toggle to ON to enable remote management.HTTPS Port No. Enter the port for HTTPS access. The default port is 443.SSH Toggle ON to enable SSH (Secure Shell) protocol which can be used to access the CLI over the network from a remote host. SNMP Toggle to ON to enable SNMP for remote management.Access Type Select either All IP Addresses, IP Address Range (enter an IP range), or Only Selected PC (enter an IP address).Respond to Ping Toggle to ON to allow the router to respond to ping requests from the WAN.Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 174Section 9 - MaintenanceSNMPPath: Maintenance > Management > SNMP SNMP is an additional management tool that is useful when multiple routers in a network are being managed by a central Master system. When an external SNMP manager is provided with this router’s Management Information Base (MIB) le, the manager can update the router’s hierarchal variables to view or update conguration parameters. The router as a managed device has an SNMP agent that allows the MIB conguration variables to be accessed by the Master (the SNMP manager). The Access Control List on the router identies managers in the network that have read-only or read-write SNMP credentials. The Traps List outlines the port over which notications from this router are provided to the SNMP community (managers) and also the SNMP version (v1, v2c, v3) for the trap.1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP tab.SNMP User List2. Right-click a user and select Edit if you want to change the security level.3. Select the security level from the drop-down list. Select one of the following:• No-Auth No-Priv: Only requires a user name match for authentication.• Auth No-Priv: Provides authentication based on the MD5 or SHA algorithms.• Auth Priv: Provides authentication based on the MD5 or SHA algorithms as well as encryption privacy with the DES 256-bit standard.4. Click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 175Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP Trap List To create a new SNMP trap:1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP Trap List tab.SNMP Trap List2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new trap, click Add SNMP Trap.3. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionIP Address The IP Address of the SNMP trap agent.Port The SNMP trap port to which the trap messages will be sent.Community The community string to which the agent belongs. Most agents are congured to listen for traps in the Public community.Authentication Type The SNMP version used by the trap agent. The choices are v1, v2c, or v3.Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 176Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > Access Control List To edit, delete, or create a new access control entry:1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > Access Control List tab.Access Control2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new trap, click Add Access Control.3. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionIP Address The IP Address of the SNMP agent.Subnet Mask The network mask used to determine the list of allowed SNMP managers.Community The community string to which the agent belongs. Most agents are congured to listen for traps in the Public community.Access Type Access will be either read only (ROcommunity) or read-write (RWcommunity).Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 177Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP System Info To create a new SNMP trap:1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP System Info tab.SNMP System Info2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionSysContact The name of the contact person for this router. Examples: admin, John Doe.SysLocation The physical location of the router: Example: Rack #2, 4th Floor.SysName A name given for easy identication of the router.Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 178Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools As part of the diagnostics functions on the router, you can ping an IP address or domain name. You can use this function to test connectivity between the router and another device on the network or the Internet.1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab.DiagnosticsPing an IP Address/Domain Name2. Under Command Output for Ping and Traceroute, in the IP Address/Domain Name eld, enter an IP address or domain name.3. Click Ping. The results will appear in the Command Output display below.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 179Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools The router provides a Traceroute function that lets you map the network path to a public host. Up to 30 “hops” between this router and the destination will be displayed.1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab.Using Traceroute2. Under Command Output for Ping and Traceroute, in the IP Address/Domain Name eld, enter an IP address or domain name.3. Click Traceroute. The results will appear in the Command Output display below.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 180Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools The router provides a DNS lookup function that lets you retrieve the IP address of a Web, FTP, Mail, or any other server on the Internet.1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab.Performing DNS Lookups2. Under DNS Lookup, in the Domain Name eld, enter an Internet name.3. Click Lookup. The results will appear in the Command Output display. If the host or domain entry exists, a response will appear with the IP address. If the message Host Unknown appears, the Internet name does not exist.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 181Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Capture Packets The router lets you capture all packets that pass through the LAN and WAN interfaces. The packet trace is limited to 1MB of data per capture session. If the capture le size exceeds 1MB, it is deleted automatically and a new capture le is created.1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Capture Packets tab.Capture Packets2. Select an interface from the drop-down menu.3. Click Start Trace. The trace can be downloaded by clicking the Download button, which will immediately begin the download to the browser’s default download location. To stop the trace click Stop Trace.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 182Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > System Check As part of the diagnostics functions on the router, you can view the static and dynamic routes for both IPv4 and IPv6.1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > System Check tab.System Check2. Click Display IPv4 Table or Display IPv6 Table. The results will appear in the Command Output display.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 183Section 9 - MaintenancePath: Maintenance > Management > Power Saving The router allows you to adjust the power consumption of the hardware based on your actual usage. The two “green” options available for your LAN switch are Power Saving by Link Status and Length Detection State. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Power Saving.Power SavingField DescriptionBy Link StatusWith “Power Saving by Link Status” option toggled to ON, the total power consumption by the LAN switch is dependent function of on the number of connected ports. The overall current draw when a single port is connected is less than when all the ports are connected.By Cable Length Detection With “Length Detection State” option toggled to ON, the overall current supplied to a LAN port is reduced when a smaller cable length is connected on a LAN port.Save Click to save and activate your settings.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 184Section 9 - MaintenanceYou can upgrade to a newer rmware version from the Administration web page. In the Firmware Upgrade section, to upgrade your rmware, click Browse, locate and select the rmware image on your host, and click Upgrade. After the new rmware image is validated, the new image is written to ash and the router will automatically reboot with the new rmware. Warning: During the rmware upgrade, do NOT try to go online, turn o the DSR, shut down your PC, or interrupt the process in anyway until the operation is complete. This should take only a minute or so including the reboot process. Interrupting the upgrade process at specic points when the ash is being written to may corrupt the ash memory and render the router unusable without a low-level process of restoring the ash rmware (not through the web GUI).Firmware UpgradePath: Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade This router supports an automated notication to determine if a newer rmware version is available for this router. By clicking the Check Now button in the notication section, the router will check a D-Link server to see if a newer rmware version for this router is available for download.To see if a new version is available:1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Check Update tab.Check Update2. Click Check Now. If new rmware is available or if you have the most current version a message will appear under Status.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 185Section 9 - MaintenanceTo upgrade the rmware from a PC:1. Download the latest rmware version from the D-Link support website.2. Once downloaded, log in to the router and click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Using System (PC) tab.Using PC3. Click Browse and locate the rmware le you downloaded. Select it and click Open.4. Click Upgrade. Note: The upgrade process takes a few minutes. Do not interrupt the upgrade or turn o the router; otherwise you can damage the rmware. Wait for the upgrade to complete before browsing any sites from your browser.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 186Section 9 - MaintenanceUsing USBTo upgrade the rmware using a USB thumb drive:1. Download the latest rmware version from the D-Link support website and copy the le to a USB thumb drive.2. Plug the USB thumb drive into a USB port on the router.3. Log in to the router and click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Using USB tab.4. Select the rmware le from the list and click Upgrade. Note: The upgrade process takes a few minutes. Do not interrupt the upgrade or turn o the router; otherwise you can damage the rmware. Wait for the upgrade to complete before browsing any sites from your browser.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 187Section 9 - MaintenanceConguration FilesTo backup your conguration les:1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore tab.Path: Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore After you congure the router, you can back up the conguration settings. When you back up the settings, they are saved as a le. You can then use the le to restore the settings on the same router if something goes wrong or on a dierent router (must be the same model) that will replace the existing router.Backup2. To save the le to your computer, click Save to System (PC). If you have a USB thumb drive connected to the router, you can click Save to USB Port 1 (or Port 2).
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 188Section 9 - MaintenanceTo restore your settings from a saved backup le:1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore.2. To restore the le from your computer, click Browse and select the le. Click Open and then click Restore. To restore the le from a USB thumb drive, select the le in the list under the corresponding USB port and click Restore.Restore
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 189Section 9 - MaintenanceIf there is a USB storage device currently plugged in to the router, you can enable auto-backup. The snapshot of current conguration settings will be updated on the USB storage device and overwrite any les with the same lename (i.e., if there was an earlier conguration backup done to this location).1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore > Conguration Settings tab.Conguration Settings2. Toggle Backup Conguration to USB Automatically to ON to automatically save your conguration settings to a le on your USB storage device.3. Toggle Encrypt Conguration File to ON to encrypt the conguration le. This will ensure condential information like system username/passwords are not available for view by unauthorized sources. Enabling this option will apply to conguration les backed up on the host as well as a USB drive.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 190Section 9 - MaintenanceSoft RebootPerforming a soft reboot simply performs a power cycle.1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot.2. Click Soft Reboot. The router will power cycle.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 191Section 9 - MaintenanceReset to Factory Default SettingsIf you reset the router to its factory default settings, it returns to the state when it was new — all changes you made to the default conguration are lost. Examples of settings that get restored include critical things you need to get online, such as login password, SSID, IP addresses, and wireless security keys.1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot.2. Click Default. The router will power cycle and reset all settings to the default values. Note: After restoring to the factory default settings, the router’s default LAN IP address is 192.168.10.1, the default login user name is ‘admin’, and the default login password is ‘admin’.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 192Section 9 - MaintenanceLog SettingsThe router allows you capture log messages. You can monitor the type of trac that goes through the router and be notied of potential attacks or errors when they are detected by the controller. The following sections describe the log conguration settings and the ways you can access these logs.Dening What to LogPath: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Log FacilitiesThe Facility Logs page lets you determine the granularity of logs to receive from the wireless controller. Select one of the following facilities:• Kernel: The Linux kernel. Log messages that correspond to this facility would correspond to trac through the rewall or network stack.• System: Application and management-level features available on this router for managing the unit.• Local1-UTM: This facility corresponds to IPS (Intrusion Prevention System) which helps in detecting malicious intrusion attempts from the WAN.• Local0-Wireless: This facility corresponds to the 802.11 driver used for providing AP functionality to your network.1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Log Facilities.2. Select the facility and then toggle ON which events you want to log and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 193Section 9 - MaintenanceFor each facility, the following events (in order of severity) can be logged:• Emergency: system is unusable• Alert: action must be taken immediately• Critical: critical conditions• Error: error conditions• Warning: warning conditions• Notication: normal but signicant condition• Information: informational• Debugging: debug-level messagesWhen a particular severity level is selected, all events with severity equal to and greater than the chosen severity are captured. For example if you have congured CRITICAL level logging for the Wireless facility, then 802.11 logs with severities CRITICAL, ALERT, and EMERGENCY are logged. The display for logging can be customized based on whether the logs are sent to the Event Log viewer in the web management interface (the Event Log viewer is in the Status > System Information > All Logs > Current Logs) or a remote Syslog server for later review. E-mail logs, discussed in a subsequent section, follow the same conguration as logs congured for a Syslog server.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 194Section 9 - MaintenanceRouting LogsPath: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Routing LogsTrac can be tracked based on whether the packet was accepted or dropped by the rewall. Denial of service attacks, general attack information, login attempts, dropped packets, and similar events can be captured for review.Note: Enabling logging options may generate a signicant volume of log messages and is recommended for debugging purposes only.Trac through each network segment (LAN, WAN, DMZ) can be tracked based on whether the packet was accepted or dropped by the rewall. Accepted Packets are those that were successfully transferred through the corresponding network segment (i.e., LAN to WAN). This option is particularly useful when the Default Outbound Policy is “Block Always” so you can monitor trac that is passed through the rewall.Dropped Packets are packets that were intentionally blocked from being transferred through the corresponding network segment. This option is useful when the Default Outbound Policy is “Allow Always”.1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Routing Logs.2. Toggle which events you want to log to ON and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 195Section 9 - MaintenanceSystem LogsPath: Maintenance > Logs Settings > System LogsIn addition to network segment logging, unicast and multicast trac can be logged. Unicast packets have a single destination on the network, whereas broadcast (or multicast) packets are sent to all possible destinations simultaneously. One other useful log control is to log packets that are dropped due to congured bandwidth proles over a particular interface. This data will indicate to the admin whether the bandwidth prole has to be modied to account for the desired internet trac of LAN users.1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > System Logs.2. Toggle which events you want to log to ON and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 196Section 9 - MaintenanceRemote LogsPath: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Remote LogsOnce you have congured the type of logs that you want the router to collect, they can be sent to either a Syslog server or an E-Mail address. For remote logging a key conguration eld is the Remote Log Identier. Every logged message will contain the congured prex of the Remote Log Identier, so that syslog servers or email addresses that receive logs from more than one router can sort for the relevant device’s logs.Once you enable the option to e-mail logs, enter the e-mail server’s address (IP address or FQDN) of the SMTP server. The router will connect to this server when sending e-mails out to the congured addresses. The SMTP port and return e-mail addresses are required elds to allow the router to package the logs and send a valid e-mail that is accepted by one of the congured “send-to” addresses. Up to three e-mail addresses can be congured as log recipients.In order to establish a connection with the congured SMTP port and server, dene the server’s authentication requirements. The router supports Login Plain (no encryption) or CRAM-MD5 (encrypted) for the username and password data to be sent to the SMTP server. Authentication can be disabled if the server does not have this requirement. In some cases the SMTP server may send out IDENT requests, and this router can have this response option enabled as needed. Once the e-mail server and recipient details are dened you can determine when the router should send out logs. E-mail logs can be sent out based on a dened schedule by rst choosing the unit (i.e., the frequency) of sending logs: Hourly, Daily, or Weekly. Selecting Never will disable log e-mails but will preserve the e-mail server settings.1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Remote Logs.2. Complete the elds from the table on the next page and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 197Section 9 - MaintenanceField DescriptionRemote Log Identier Enter a prex used to identify the source of the message. This identier is prexed to both e-mail and Syslog messages.E-Mail Log Toggle to ON to enable E-Mail logs.E-Mail Server Address Enter the IP address or network address of the SMTP server. The router will connect to this server to send e-mail logs when required. The SMTP server must be operational for e-mail notications to be received.SMTP Port Enter the SMTP port of the e-mail server.Return E-Mail Address Enter the e-mail address where replies from the SMTP server are to be sent (required for failure messages).Send to E-Mail Address (1-3) Enter up to three e-mail addresses where logs and alerts are to be sent.Authentication with SMTPSelect an authentication if the SMTP server requires authentication before accepting connections. Choices are:• None: No authentication is used. The User Name and Password elds are not available.• Login Plain: Authentication used to log in using Base64-encoded passwords over non-encrypted communication session. Base64-encoded passwords oer no cryptographic protection, making them vulnerable.• CRAM-MD5: A challenge-response authentication mechanism dened in RFC 2195 based on the HMAC-MD5 MAC algorithm. CRAM-MD5 oers a higher level of authentication than Login Plain.User Name If Authentication with SMTP is set to Login Plain or CRAM-MD5, enter the user name to be used for authentication.Password If Authentication with SMTP is set to Login Plain or CRAM-MD5, enter the case-sensitive password to be used for authentication.Respond to identd from SMTP Toggle to ON to have the router respond to IDENT requests from the SMTP server. UnitSelect the period of time that you need to send the log. This option is useful when you do not want to receive logs by e-mail, but want to keep e-mail options congured, so you can use the Send Log function Event Log viewer pages. Choices are:• Never: Disable sending of logs.• Hourly: Send logs every hour.• Daily: Send logs every day at the Time specied.• Weekly: Send logs weekly, at the Day and Time specied.Day If Unit is set to Weekly, select the day of the week when logs will be sent.Time If Unit is set to Daily or Weekly, select the time when logs will be sent.Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 198Section 9 - MaintenanceSyslog ServerPath: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Syslog ServerAn external Syslog server is often used to collect and store logs from the router. This remote device typically has less memory constraints than the local Event Viewer on the router. Therefore, a number of logs can be collected over a sustained period. This is useful for debugging network issues or to monitor router trac over a long duration. The router supports eight concurrent Syslog servers. Each server can be congured to receive dierent log facility messages of varying severity using the Remote Logs page. This page also lets you send conguration logs to three email recipients.1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Syslog Server.2. Complete the elds from the table on the next page and click Save.Field DescriptionSyslog Server 1 Toggle to ON to setup a Syslog server.FQDN / IP Address Enter the IP address or Internet Name of the Syslog server.Facility Select which facility you want to log. Refer to “Dening What to Log” on page 192 for denitions.Severity Select the severity level you want to log. Refer to “Dening What to Log” on page 192 for denitions.Syslog Server 2-8 Toggle to ON to setup another Syslog server. Repeat the elds above for each server you want to setup.Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 199Section 9 - MaintenanceEvent LogsPath: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Event LogsThe router’s web management interface displays congured log messages from the Status menu. When trac through or to the router matches settings in the Facility Logs page or Routing Logs page, the corresponding log message will appear in this window with a timestamp.1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Event Logs.2. Toggle to ON and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 200Section 9 - MaintenanceIPv6 LogsPath: Maintenance > Logs Settings > IPv6 LogsThis page allows you to congure what IPv6 events you want to log.1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > IPv6 Logs.2. Complete the elds from the table below and click Save.Field DescriptionLAN to WANAccepted Packets Toggle to ON to log accepted packets.Dropped Packets Toggle to ON to log dropped packets.WANAccepted Packets Toggle to ON to log accepted packets.Dropped Packets Toggle to ON to log dropped packets.Save Click to save and activate your settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 201Section 10 - Status and StatisticsStatus and StatisticsPath: Status > DashboardThe router provides a dashboard that displays about the resources the system is using. The dashboard page is organized into the following sections:Field DescriptionTrac Overview Displays a chart of trac overview by service for each interface.WAN Ports Displays a chart of trac overview by bandwidth and packet information for WAN trac.Bandwidth Usage Displays bandwidth usage by network segment such as WAN or LAN. The data is broken into by applications service such as HTTP, HTTPS, DNS, SNMP, and others.VPNs Displays a chart of VPN trac by bandwidth and number of tunnels.Trac Information Displays a grid of trac statistics for each interface.Dashboard
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 202Section 10 - Status and StatisticsManage DashboardTo manage the dashboard:1. Click on the Manage Dashboard button.2. The following window will pop out and allow you to enable or disable the overview panels shown on the dashboard. Toggle the panel to ON or OFF and click Save.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 203Section 10 - Status and StatisticsSystemPath: Status > System Information > Device > SystemThe System Info page displays the current system name, rmware version, hardware version, and serial number.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 204Section 10 - Status and StatisticsLAN InfoPath: Status > System Information > Device > LANThe LAN Information page summarizes the LAN settings including MAC address, IP address, and link state.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 205Section 10 - Status and StatisticsWAN1Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN1The WAN1 Information page summarizes the WAN1 port settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 206Section 10 - Status and StatisticsWAN2Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN2The WAN2 Information page summarizes the WAN2 port settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 207Section 10 - Status and StatisticsWAN3Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN3The WAN3 Information page summarizes the WAN3 settings.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 208Section 10 - Status and StatisticsWirelessPath: Status > System Information > Device > WirelessThe Wireless Information page displays trac statistics for each enabled access point. This page will give a snapshot of how much trac is being transmitted over each wireless link.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 209Section 10 - Status and StatisticsAll LogsCurrent LogsPath: Status > System Information > All Logs > Current LogsThe Current Logs window displays congured log messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's congured time. If remote logging such as a Syslog server or e-mail logging is congured, the same logs are sent to the remote interface while being displayed here.Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to precongured e-mail recipients.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 210Section 10 - Status and StatisticsFirewall LogsPath: Status > System Information > All Logs > Firewall LogsThe Firewall Logs window displays congured rewall event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's congured time.Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to precongured e-mail recipients.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 211Section 10 - Status and StatisticsIPSec VPN LogsPath: Status > System Information > All Logs > IPSec VPN LogsThe IPSec VPN Logs window displays IPSec VPN event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's congured time.Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to precongured e-mail recipients.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 212Section 10 - Status and StatisticsSSL VPN LogsPath: Status > System Information > All Logs > SSL VPN LogsThe SSL VPN Logs window displays SSL VPN event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's congured time.Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to precongured e-mail recipients.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 213Section 10 - Status and StatisticsUSB StatusPath: Status > System Information > USB StatusThe USB Status page summarizes the USB devices connected to the router. You may connect USB printer and USB storage device directly to the router.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 214Section 10 - Status and StatisticsNetwork InformationDHCP Leased ClientsPath: Status > Network Information > DHCP ClientsThree separated tabs display a list of clients whom get IP leased from the router: LAN leased clients, IPv6 leased clients, and DMZ leased clients.LAN Leased ClientsIPv6 Leased ClientsDMZ Leased Clients
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 215Section 10 - Status and StatisticsPath: Status > Network Information > Active SessionsThis table lists the active internet sessions through the router’s rewall. The session’s protocol, state, local, and remote IP addresses are shown.Active Sessions
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 216Section 10 - Status and StatisticsPath: Status > Network Information > Active VPNsYou can view and change the status (connect or drop) of the router’s VPN associations/connections. Here, the active VPN associations/connections are listed along with the trac details and tunnel state. The trac is a cumulative measure of transmitted/received packets since the tunnel was established. Active VPNsIPSec SAsPPTP VPN ConnectionsL2TP VPN ConnectionsSSL VPN ConnectionsOpenVPN Connections
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 217Section 10 - Status and StatisticsPath: Status > Network Information > Interfaces StatisticsThis page displays packet information on the LAN, VLAN, and WLAN interfaces.Interface Statistics
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 218Section 10 - Status and StatisticsPath: Status > Network Information > Wireless ClientsThe clients connected to a particular AP can be viewed on this page. Connected clients are sorted by the MAC address and indicate the security parameters used by the wireless link, as well as the time connected to the corresponding AP. The statistics table has auto-refresh control which allows display of the most current port level data at each page refresh. The default auto-refresh for this page is 10 seconds.View Wireless Clients
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 219Section 10 - Status and StatisticsPath: Status > Network Information > Device StatsDetailed transmit and receive statistics for each physical port are presented here. Each interface (WAN1, WAN2/DMZ, LAN, and VLANs) have port specic packet level information provided for review. Transmitted/received packets, port collisions, and the cumulating bytes/sec for transmit/receive directions are provided for each interface along with the port up time. If you suspect issues with any of the wired ports, this table will help diagnose uptime or transmit level issues with the port.The statistics table has auto-refresh control which allows display of the most current port level data at each page refresh. The default auto-refresh for this page is 10 seconds.Device Stats
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 220Section 10 - Status and StatisticsPath: Status > Network Information > Wireless StatisticsThe Wireless Statistics page displays the incrementing trac statistics for each enabled access point. This page will give a snapshot of how much trac is being transmitted over each wireless link. If you suspect that a radio or VAP may be down, the details on this page would conrm if trac is being sent and received through the VAP.Wireless Statistics
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 221Section 10 - Status and StatisticsPath: Status > Network Information > LAN ClientsThe LAN clients to the router are identied by an ARP scan through the LAN switch. The NetBIOS name (if available), IP address, and MAC address of discovered LAN hosts are displayed.View LAN Clients
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 222Section 11 - TroubleshootingTroubleshootingSymptom: You cannot access the router’s web-conguration interface from a PC on your LAN.Recommended action:1. Check the Ethernet connection between the PC and the router.2. Ensure that your PC’s IP address is on the same subnet as the router. If you are using the recommended addressing scheme, your PC’s address should be in the range 192.168.10.2 to 192.168.10.254.3. Check your PC’s IP address. If the PC cannot reach a DHCP server, some versions of Windows and Mac OS generate and assign an IP address. These auto-generated addresses are in the range 169.254.x.x. If your IP address is in this range, check the connection from the PC to the rewall and reboot your PC.4. If your router’s IP address has changed and you don’t know what it is, reset the router conguration to factory defaults (this sets the rewall’s IP address to 192.168.10.1). 5. If you do not want to reset to factory default settings and lose your conguration, reboot the router and use a packet snier (such as Ethereal™) to capture packets sent during the reboot. Look at the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packets to locate the router’s LAN interface address.6. Launch your browser and ensure that Java, JavaScript, or ActiveX is enabled. If you are using Internet Explorer, click Refresh to ensure that the Java applet is loaded. Close the browser and launch it again. 7. Ensure that you are using the correct login information. The factory default login name is admin and the password is password. Ensure that CAPS LOCK is o when entering this information.Symptom: Router does not save conguration changes.Recommended action:1. When entering conguration settings, click Apply before moving to another menu or tab; otherwise your changes are lost.2. Click Refresh or Reload in the browser. Your changes may have been made, but the browser may be caching the old conguration.Symptom: Router cannot access the Internet.Possible cause: If you use dynamic IP addresses, your router may not have requested an IP address from the ISP.Recommended action:1. Launch your browser and go to an external site such as www.google.com.2. Access the rewall’s conguration main menu at http://192.168.10.1.3. Select Monitoring > Router Status.4. Ensure that an IP address is shown for the WAN port. If 0.0.0.0 is shown, your rewall has not obtained an IP address from your ISP. See the next symptom.Internet Connection
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 223Section 11 - TroubleshootingSymptom: Router cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP.Recommended action:1. Turn o power to the cable or DSL modem.2. Turn o the router.3. Wait ve minutes, and then reapply power to the cable or DSL modem.4. When the modem LEDs indicate that it has resynchronized with the ISP, reapply power to the router. If the router still cannot obtain an ISP address, see the next symptom.Symptom: Router still cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP.Recommended action:1. Ask your ISP if it requires a login program — PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) or some other type of login.2. If yes, verify that your congured login name and password are correct.3. Ask your ISP if it checks for your PC’s hostname.4. If yes, select Network Conguration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and set the account name to the PC hostname of your ISP account.5. Ask your ISP if it allows only one Ethernet MAC address to connect to the Internet, and therefore checks for your PC’s MAC address.6. If yes, inform your ISP that you have bought a new network device, and ask them to use the rewall’s MAC address.7. Alternatively, select Network Conguration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and congure your router to spoof your PC’s MAC address. Symptom: Router can obtain an IP address, but PC is unable to load Internet pages.Recommended action:1. Ask your ISP for the addresses of its designated Domain Name System (DNS) servers. Congure your PC to recognize those addresses. For details, see your operating system documentation.2. On your PC, congure the router to be its TCP/IP gateway.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 224Section 11 - TroubleshootingDate and timeSymptom: Date shown is January 1, 1970.Possible cause: The router has not yet successfully reached a network time server (NTS).Recommended action:1. If you have just congured the router, wait at least ve minutes, select Administration > Time Zone, and recheck the date and time.2. Verify your Internet access settings.Symptom: Time is o by one hour.Possible cause: The router does not automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time.Recommended action:1. Select Administration > Time Zone and view the current date and time settings.2. Click to check or uncheck “Automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time”, then click Apply.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 225Section 11 - TroubleshootingPinging to Test LAN ConnectivityMost TCP/IP terminal devices and rewalls contain a ping utility that sends an ICMP echo-request packet to the designated device. The DSR responds with an echo reply. Troubleshooting a TCP/IP network is made very easy by using the ping utility in your PC or workstation.Testing the LAN path from your PC to your router 1. From the PC’s Windows toolbar, Click Start and in the search box at the bottom, type cmd and press Enter.2. At the prompt, type ping <IP_address> where <IP_address> is the router’s IP address. Example: ping 192.168.10.1.3. Press Enter.4. Observe the display:• If the path is working, you will see this message sequence: Pinging <IP address> with 32 bytes of data Reply from <IP address>: bytes=32 time=NN ms TTL=xxx• If the path is not working, you will see this message sequence: Pinging <IP address> with 32 bytes of data Request timed out5. If the path is not working, Test the physical connections between PC and router:• If the LAN port LED is o, go to the “LED displays” section on your Install Guide and follow instructions for “LAN or Internet port LEDs are not lit.”• Verify that the corresponding link LEDs are lit for your network interface card and for any hub ports that are connected to your workstation and rewall.6. If the path is still not up, test the network conguration:• Verify that the Ethernet card driver software and TCP/IP software are installed and congured on the PC.• Verify that the IP address for the router and PC are correct and on the same subnet.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 226Section 11 - Troubleshooting1. From the PC’s Windows toolbar, Click Start and in the search box at the bottom, type cmd and press Enter.2. Type ping -n 10 <IP_address> where -n 10 species a maximum of 10 tries and <IP address> is the IP address of a remote device such as your ISP’s DNS server. Example: ping -n 10 10.1.1.1.3. Press Enter and then observe the display (see the previous procedure).4. If the path is not working, do the following:• Check that the PC has the IP address of your rewall listed as the default gateway. (If the IP conguration of your PC is assigned by DHCP, this information is not visible in your PC’s Network Control Panel.)• Verify that the network (subnet) address of your PC is dierent from the network address of the remote device.• Verify that the cable or DSL modem is connected and functioning.• Ask your ISP if it assigned a hostname to your PC. If yes, select Network Conguration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and enter that hostname as the ISP account name.• Ask your ISP if it rejects the Ethernet MAC addresses of all but one of your PCs. Many broadband ISPs restrict access by allowing trac from the MAC address of only your broadband modem; but some ISPs additionally restrict access to the MAC address of just a single PC connected to that modem. If this is the case, congure your rewall to clone or spoof the MAC address from the authorized PC.Testing the LAN path from your PC to a remote device
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 227Section 11 - TroubleshootingRestoring factory-default conguration settingsTo restore factory-default conguration settings, do either of the following:1. Do you know the account password and IP address?• If yes, select Maintenance > Firmware & Cong > Soft Reboot and click Default.• If no, do the following: On the rear panel of the router, press and hold the Reset button about 10 seconds, until the test LED lights and then blinks. Release the button and wait for the router to reboot.2. If the router does not restart automatically; manually restart it to make the default settings eective.3. After a restore to factory defaults —whether initiated from the conguration interface or the Reset button — the following settings apply:• LAN IP address: 192.168.10.1• Username: admin• Password: admin• DHCP server on LAN: enabled• WAN port conguration: Get conguration via DHCP
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 228Appendix A - GlossaryAppendix A - GlossaryARP Address Resolution Protocol. Broadcast protocol for mapping IP addresses to MAC addresses.CHAP Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol. Protocol for authenticating users to an ISP.DDNS Dynamic DNS. System for updating domain names in real time. Allows a domain name to be assigned to a device with a dynamic IP address.DHCP Dynamic Host Conguration Protocol. Protocol for allocating IP addresses dynamically so that addresses can be reused when hosts no longer need them.DNSDomain Name System. Mechanism for translating H.323 IDs, URLs, or e-mail IDs into IP addresses. Also used to assist in locating remote gatekeepers and to map IP addresses to hostnames of administrative domains.FQDN Fully qualied domain name. Complete domain name, including the host portion. Example: serverA.companyA.com.FTP File Transfer Protocol. Protocol for transferring les between network nodes.HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol. Protocol used by web browsers and web servers to transfer les.IKE Internet Key Exchange. Mode for securely exchanging encryption keys in ISAKMP as part of building a VPN tunnel.IPsecIP security. Suite of protocols for securing VPN tunnels by authenticating or encrypting IP packets in a data stream. IPsec operates in either transport mode (encrypts payload but not packet headers) or tunnel mode (encrypts both payload and packet headers).ISAKMP Internet Key Exchange Security Protocol. Protocol for establishing security associations and cryptographic keys on the Internet.ISP Internet service provider.MAC Address Media-access-control address. Unique physical-address identier attached to a network adapter.MTU Maximum transmission unit. Size, in bytes, of the largest packet that can be passed on. The MTU for Ethernet is a 1500-byte packet.NATNetwork Address Translation. Process of rewriting IP addresses as a packet passes through a router or rewall. NAT enables multiple hosts on a LAN to access the Internet using the single public IP address of the LAN’s gateway router.NetBIOS Microsoft Windows protocol for le sharing, printer sharing, messaging, authentication, and name resolution.NTP Network Time Protocol. Protocol for synchronizing a router to a single clock on the network, known as the clock master.PAP Password Authentication Protocol. Protocol for authenticating users to a remote access server or ISP.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 229Appendix A - GlossaryPPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet. Protocol for connecting a network of hosts to an ISP without the ISP having to manage the allocation of IP addresses.PPTP Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol. Protocol for creation of VPNs for the secure transfer of data from remote clients to private servers over the Internet.RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service. Protocol for remote user authentication and accounting. Provides centralized management of usernames and passwords.RSA Rivest-Shamir-Adleman. Public key encryption algorithm.TCP Transmission Control Protocol. Protocol for transmitting data over the Internet with guaranteed reliability and in-order delivery.UDP User Data Protocol. Protocol for transmitting data over the Internet quickly but with no guarantee of reliability or in-order delivery.VPNVirtual private network. Network that enables IP trac to travel securely over a public TCP/IP network by encrypting all trac from one network to another. Uses tunneling to encrypt all information at the IP level.WINSWindows Internet Name Service. Service for name resolution. Allows clients on dierent IP subnets to dynamically resolve addresses, register themselves, and browse the network without sending broadcasts.XAUTHIKE Extended Authentication. Method, based on the IKE protocol, for authenticating not just devices (which IKE authenticates) but also users. User authentication is performed after device authentication and before IPsec negotiation.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 230Appendix B - Factory Default SettingsAppendix B - Factory Default SettingsFeature Description Default SettingsDevice LoginUser Login URL http://192.168.10.1User Name adminPassword adminInternet ConnectionWAN MAC Address Use default addressWAN MTU size 1500Port Speed AutosenseLocal Area Network (LAN)IP Address 192.168.10.1IPv4 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0RIP Direction NoneRIP Version DisabledRIP Authentication DisabledDHCP Server EnabledDHCP Starting IP Address 192.168.10.2DHCP Ending IP Address 192.168.10.100Time Zone GMTDaylight Saving Time DisabledSNMP DisabledRemote Management DisabledFirewallInbound Communication from Internet Disabled (except Port 80 HTTP)Outbound Communication to Internet Enabled (all)Source MAC Filtering DisabledStealth Mode Enabled
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 231Appendix C - Standard Services Available for Port Forwarding & Firewall CongurationAppendix C - Standard Services for Port Forwarding & Firewall Conguration • ANY• AIM• BGP• BOOTP_CLIENT• BOOTP_SERVER• CU-SEEME:UDP• CU-SEEME:TCP• DNS:UDP• DNS:TCP• FINGER• FTP• HTTP• HTTPS• ICMP-TYPE-3• ICMP-TYPE-4• ICMP-TYPE-5• ICMP-TYPE-6• ICMP-TYPE-7• ICMP-TYPE-8• ICMP-TYPE-9• ICMP-TYPE-10• ICMP-TYPE-11• ICMP-TYPE-13• ICQ• IMAP2• IMAP3• IRC• NEWS• NFS• NNTP• PING• POP3• PPTP• RCMD• REAL-AUDIO• REXEC• RLOGIN• RTELNET• RTSP:TCP• RTSP:UDP• SFTP• SMTP• SNMP:TCP• SNMP:UDP• SNMP-TRAPS:TCP• SNMP-TRAPS:UDP• SQL-NET• SSH:TCP• SSH:UDP• STRMWORKS• TACACS• TELNET• TFTP• VDOLIVE
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 232Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceAppendix D - Log Output ReferenceFacility: System (Networking)Log Message Severity Log Message SeverityDBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG BridgeCong: too few arguments to command %s ERRORnetworkIntable.txt not found DEBUG BridgeCong: too few arguments to command %s ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORInterface is already deleted in bridge DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERRORremoving %s from bridge %s... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORadding %s to bridge %s... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORstopping bridge... DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERRORstopping bridge... DEBUG failed to call ddns enable ERRORstopping bridge... DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORWan is not up DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORdoDNS:failed DEBUG Illegal invocation of ddnsView (%s) ERRORdoDNS:failed DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORdoDNS:Result = FAILED DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORdoDNS:Result SUCCESS DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERRORWrite Old Entry: %s %s %s: to %s DEBUG Illegal operation interface got deleted ERRORWrite New Entry: %s %s #%s : to %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORWrite Old Entry: %s %s %s: to %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORWrite New Entry: %s %s #%s : to %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORifStaticMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with “ DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERRORnimfLinkStatusGet: buer: \ DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERRORnimfLinkStatusGetErr: returning with status: %d DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Mac Option: %d DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Port Speed Option: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Mtu Option: %d DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 233Appendix D - Log Output ReferencenimfAdvOptSetWrap: looks like we are reconnecting. “ DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: Mtu Size: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: NIMF table is %s DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap:WAN_MODE TRIGGER DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: MTU: %d DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: MacAddress: %s DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Mtu Flag: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed MTU option DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: MTU: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: old MTU size: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Port Speed Option: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Mac Address Option: %d DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: MacAddress: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORSetting LED [%d]:[%d] For %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORl2tpEnable: command string: %s DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: handling reboot scenario DEBUG failed to call ddns enable ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: INDICATOR = %d DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: UpdateFlag: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERRORnimfAdvOptSetWrap: returning with status: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORnimfGetUpdateMacFlag: MacTable Flag is: %d DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORnimfMacGet: Mac Option changed DEBUG Failed to open the resolv.conf le. Exiting./n ERRORnimfMacGet: Update Flag: %d DEBUG Could not write to the resolv.conf le. Exiting. ERRORnimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG Error opening the lanUptime File ERRORnimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG Error Opening the lanUptime File. ERRORnimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to open %s ERRORnimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to open %s ERRORnimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to query networkInterface table ERRORnimfMacGet:Mac option Not changed \ DEBUG failed to query networkInterface table ERRORnimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 234Appendix D - Log Output ReferencenimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to enable IPv6 forwarding ERRORnimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the “ ERRORnimfMacGet: returning with status: %s DEBUG failed to enable IPv6 forwarding ERRORNow in enableing LanBridge function DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the “ ERRORsucessfully executed the command %s DEBUG failed to disable IPv6 forwarding ERRORNow in disableing LanBridge function DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the “ ERRORsucessfully executed the command %s DEBUG failed to open %s ERRORcongPortTblHandler:Now we are in Sqlite Update “ DEBUG Could not create ISATAP Tunnel ERRORThe Old Conguration of ConPort was:%s DEBUG Could not destroy ISATAP Tunnel ERRORThe New Conguration of ConPort was:%s DEBUG Could not congure ISATAP Tunnel ERRORThe user has deselected the congurable port DEBUG Could not de-congure ISATAP Tunnel ERRORfailed query %s DEBUG nimfStatusUpdate: updating NimfStatus failed ERRORfailed query %s DEBUG nimfStatusUpdate: updating NimfStatus failed ERRORfailed query %s DEBUG nimfLinkStatusGet: determinig link’s status failed ERROR%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG nimfLinkStatusGet: opening status le failed ERROR%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG Failed to commit ERROR%s:%d SIP ENABLE: %s DEBUG ifStatusDBUpdate: Failed to begin “ ERRORsipTblHandler:failed to update ifStatic DEBUG %s: SQL error: %s ERRORsipTblHandler:failed to update Congport DEBUG %s: Failed to commit “ ERROR%s:%d SIP DISABLE: %s DEBUG nimfNetIfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId ERROR%s:%d SIP SET CONF: %s DEBUG nimfNetIfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId ERRORFailed to open %s: %s DEBUG nimfNetIfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId ERRORFailed to start sipalg DEBUG %s: unable to kill dhclient ERRORFailed to stop sipalg DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current Mac Option ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 235Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceFailed to get cong info DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current Port “ ERROR Network Mask: 0x%x DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current MTU Option ERRORRTP DSCP Value: 0x%x DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting Mac Address from “ ERRORNeed more arguments DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get the MTU ERRORInvalid lanaddr DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error setting interface advanced “ ERRORInvalid lanmask DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting MTU size ERRORInvalid option DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get Mac Address ERRORFailed to set cong info DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error setting interface advanced “ ERRORUnknown option DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old connectiontype ERRORsshdTblHandler DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old connection type is: %s ERRORpPort: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old MTU Option ERRORpProtocol: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting MTU size ERRORpListerAddr: %s DEBUG nimfOldFieldValueGet: failed to get old “ ERRORpKeyBits: %s DEBUG nimfOldFieldValueGet: user has changed MTU size ERRORpRootEnable: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old Port Speed “ ERRORpRsaEnable: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed Port Speed ERRORpDsaEnable: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old Mac Address “ ERRORpPassEnable: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed Mac Address “ ERRORpEmptyPassEnable: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get Mac Address ERRORpSftpEnable: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap:Failed to RESET the ag ERRORpScpEnable: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: setting advanced options failed ERRORpSshdEnable: %s DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: interface advanced options applied ERRORpPrivSep: %s DEBUG nimfGetUpdateMacFlag: unable to get Flag from MacTable ERROR%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG nimfMacGet: Updating MAC address failed ERRORRe-Starting sshd daemon.... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORsshd re-started successfully. DEBUG error executing the command %s ERRORsshd stopped . DEBUG error executing the command %s ERRORfailed query %s DEBUG error executing the command %s ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 236Appendix D - Log Output Referencevlan disabled, not applying vlan conguration.. DEBUG disableLan function is failed to disable CongPort” ERRORfailed query %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORfailed query %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORno ports present in this vlanId %d DEBUG Unable to Disable congurable port from ERRORfailed query %s DEBUG congPortTblHandler has failed ERRORvlan disabled, not applying vlan conguration.. DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORdisabling vlan DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORenabling vlan DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORvlan disabled, not applying vlan conguration.. DEBUG Failed to execute switchCong for port\ ERRORno ports present in this vlanId %d DEBUG Failed to execute switchCong for port enable ERRORfailed query %s DEBUG Failed to execute ifcong for port enable ERRORvlan disabled, not applying vlan conguration.. DEBUG Failed to execute ethtool for\ ERRORremoving %s from bridge%s... %s DEBUG Failed to execute switchCong for port disable ERRORadding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG Failed to execute ifcong for port disable ERRORrestarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR[switchCong] Ignoring event on port number %d DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed ERRORrestarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORexecuting %s ... %s DEBUG Failed to execute switchCong for port mirroring ERRORremoving %s from bridge%s... %s DEBUG Usage:%s <DB Name> <Entry Name> <logFile> <subject> ERRORadding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR[switchCong] Ignoring event on %s DEBUG Could not get all the required variables to email the Logs. ERRORrestarting bridge... DEBUG runSmtpClient failed ERROR[switchCong] Ignoring event on port number %d DEBUG getaddrinfo returned %s ERROR[switchCong] executing %s ... %s DEBUG le not found ERRORrestarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORUserName: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORPassword: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORIspName: %s DEBUG No memory to allocate ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 237Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceDialNumber: %s DEBUG Failed to Open SSHD Conguration File ERRORApn: %s DEBUG Ipaddress should be provided with accessoption 1 ERRORGetDnsFromIsp: %s DEBUG Subnetaddress should be provided with accessoption 2 ERRORIdleTimeOutFlag: %s DEBUG Failed to restart sshd ERRORIdleTimeOutValue: %d DEBUG unable to open the “ ERRORAuthMetho: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORexecuting %s ... %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORremoving %s from bridge%d... %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORadding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG unknown vlan state ERRORstopping bridge... DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for vlanId %d ERRORrestarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed ERRORCould not congure 6to4 Tunnel Interface DEBUG Access port can be present only in single vlan ERRORCould not de-congure 6to4 Tunnel Interface DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for vlanId %d ERRORfailed to restart 6to4 tunnel interfaces DEBUG unknown vlan state ERRORBridgeCong: too few arguments to command %s DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for port number %d ERRORBridgeCong: unsupported command %d DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for oldPVID %d ERRORBridgeCong returned error=%d DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for port number %d ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for %d ERRORError in executing DB update handler DEBUG Failed to set vlan entry for vlan %d ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to set vlan entries, while enabling \ ERRORFailed to remove vlan Interface for vlanId \ DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for port number %d ERRORInvalid oidp passed DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for vlanId %d ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 238Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceInvalid oidp passed DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERRORFailed to get oid from the tree DEBUG Failed to disable vlan ERRORthreegEnable: Input to wrapper %s DEBUG Failed to set vlanPort table entries, while \ ERRORthreegEnable: spawning command %s DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERRORthreegMgmtHandler: query string: %s DEBUG unknown vlan state ERRORthreegMgmtHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORadding to dhcprealy ifgroup failed DEBUG unknown vlan state ERRORadding to ipset fwDhcpRelay failed DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for vlanId %d ERRORDisabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROREnabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol DEBUG Access port can be present only in single vlan ERRORprerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for vlanId %d ERRORprerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR%s: SQL get query: %s DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for port number %d ERROR%s: sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for oldPVID %d ERROR%s: no result found DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for port number %d ERROR%s: buer overow DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for %d ERROR%s: value of %s in %s table is: %s DEBUG Failed to set vlan entry for vlan %d ERROR%s: returning with status: %s DEBUG Failed to set vlan entries, while enabling \ ERRORdnsResolverCongure: addressFamily: %d DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for port number %d ERRORdnsResolverCongure: LogicalIfName: %s DEBUG Failed to execute vlanCong binary for vlanId %d ERRORchap-secrets File found DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERRORPID File for xl2tpd found DEBUG Failed to disable vlan ERRORpid: %d DEBUG Failed to set vlanPort table entries, while \ ERRORoptions.xl2tpd le found DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERRORoptions.xl2tpd le not found DEBUG unknown vlan state ERRORConf File for xl2tpd found DEBUG threegMgmtInit: unable to open the database le %s ERRORxl2tpd.conf not found DEBUG threegConnEnable: failed to get the WanMode ERRORChap Secrets le found DEBUG threegEnable:spawning failed ERRORChap Secrets le not found DEBUG threegDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon ERROR%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG threegMgmtHandler: Query: %s ERRORchap-secrets File found DEBUG threegMgmtHandler: error in executing database update ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 239Appendix D - Log Output ReferencePID File for pptpd found DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORpid: %d DEBUG are we getting invoked twice ?? ERRORPID File for pptpd interface found DEBUG could not open %s to append ERRORpid: %d DEBUG could not write nameserver %s to %s ERRORoptions.pptpd le found DEBUG could not write nameserver %s to %s ERRORoptions.pptpd le not found DEBUG could not open %s to truncate ERRORConf File for pptpd found DEBUG dnsResolverCongMgmtInit: unable to open the “ ERRORpptpd.conf not found DEBUG resolverCongDBUpateHandler: sqlite3QueryResGet “ ERRORChap Secrets le found DEBUG could not congure DNS resolver ERRORChap Secrets le not found DEBUG dnsResolverCongure: could not write nameserver:%s,” ERROR%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the “ ERRORchap-secrets File found DEBUG ioctl call Failed-could not update active user Details ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG Can’t kill xl2tpd ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutFlag: %d DEBUG xl2tpd restart failed ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutValue: %d DEBUG failed to get eld value ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG failed to get eld value ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: DNS specied: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: Service: %s DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the “ ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG writing options.xl2tpd failed ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: AuthOpt: %d DEBUG writing xl2tpd.conf failed ERRORpppoeMgmtTblHandler: Satus: %d DEBUG writing options.xl2tpd failed ERRORpppoeEnable: ppp dial string: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERRORpppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutFlag: %d DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutValue: %d DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: GetDnsFromIsp: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 240Appendix D - Log Output ReferencepptpMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: dynamic MyIp congured DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: MyIp: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: ServerIp: %s DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the “ ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: MppeEncryptSupport: %s DEBUG Can’t kill pptpd ERRORpptpMgmtTblHandler: SplitTunnel: %s DEBUG pptpd restart failed ERRORpptpEnable: ppp dial string: %s DEBUG Can’t kill pptpd ERRORpptpEnable: spawning command %s DEBUG failed to get eld value ERRORPID File for dhcpc found DEBUG failed to get eld value ERRORpid: %d DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the “ ERRORpptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: query string: %s DEBUG writing options.pptpd failed ERRORpptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG pptpdStop failed ERRORdhcpcReleaseLease: dhcpc release command: %s DEBUG writing pptpd.conf failed ERRORdhcpcMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG writing options.pptpd failed ERRORdhcpcMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG pptpdStop failed ERRORDHCPv6 Server started successfully. DEBUG pptpdStart failed ERRORDHCPv6 Server stopped successfully DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERRORDHCPv6 Client started successfully. DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORDHCPv6 Client stopped successfully. DEBUG pppStatsUpdate: unable to get default MTU ERRORDHCPv6 Client Restart successful DEBUG pppoeMgmtInit: unable to open the database le %s ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG pppoeDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 241Appendix D - Log Output Referencel2tpMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG pppoeMultipleEnableDisable: pppoe enable failed ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: IspName: %s DEBUG pppoeMultipleEnableDisable: pppoe disable failed ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG pppoeMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current Mtu Option ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG pppoeMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: AccountName: %s DEBUG pppoeMgmtTblHandler: pppoe enable failed ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: DomainName: %s DEBUG pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: failed query: %s ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: Secret: not specied DEBUG pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing “ ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: Secret: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtInit: unable to open the database le %s ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: dynamic MyIp congured DEBUG pptpEnable: error executing command: %s ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: MyIp: %s DEBUG pptpEnable: unable to resolve address: %s ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: ServerIp: %s DEBUG pptpEnable: inet_aton failed ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG pptpEnable: inet_aton failed ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG pptpEnable:spawning failed ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: SplitTunnel: %s DEBUG pptpDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon ERRORneedToStartHealthMonitor: returning with status: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current MTU Option ERRORl2tpEnable: command string: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu ERRORl2tpEnable: command: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: dbRecordValueGet failed for %s “ ERRORl2tpEnable: command string: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: pptp enable failed ERRORPID File for dhcpc found DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: pptp disable failed ERRORpid: %d DEBUG pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: sqlite3QueryResGet “ ERRORl2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: query string: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing “ ERRORl2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG Illegal invocation of dhcpCong (%s) ERRORRADVD started successfully DEBUG dhcpLibInit: unable to open the database le %s ERRORRADVD stopped successfully DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORempty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d WARN dhcpcMgmtInit: unable to open the database le %s ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 242Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceWan is not up or in load balencing mode WARN dhcpcReleaseLease: unable to release lease ERRORthreegMgmtHandler: no row found. nRows = %d nCols = %d WARN dhcpcEnable: unable to kill dhclient ERRORpppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: empty update. WARN dhcpcEnable: enabling dhcpc failed on: %s ERRORdhcpcEnable: dhclient already running on: %s WARN dhcpcDisable: unable to kill dhclient ERRORdhcpcDisable: deleted dhclient.leases WARN dhcpcDisable: delete failed for dhclient.leases ERRORl2tpMgmtInit: unable to open the database le %s ERROR dhcpcDisable: failed to reset the ip ERRORl2tpEnable: unable to resolve address: %s ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current Mtu Option ERRORl2tpEnable: inet_aton failed ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu ERRORThe Enable Command is %s ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhclient enable failed ERRORl2tpEnable:Executing the Command failed ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhcpc release failed ERRORl2tpDisable: command string: %s ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhcpc disable failed ERRORl2tpDisable: unable to stop l2tp session ERROR dhcpcMgmtDBUpdateHandler: failed query: %s ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current MTU option ERROR dhcpcMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing “ ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu ERROR DHCPv6 Client start failed. ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: dbRecordValueGet failed for %s “ ERROR DHCPv6 Client stop failed. ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: l2tpEnable failed ERROR failed to create/open DHCPv6 client “ ERRORl2tpMgmtTblHandler: disabling l2tp failed ERROR failed to write DHCPv6 client conguration le ERRORl2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: sqlite3QueryResGet “ ERROR failed to restart DHCPv6 Client ERRORl2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing ERROR failed to create/open DHCPv6 Server “ ERRORIllegal invocation of tcpdumpCong (%s) ERROR Restoring old conguration.. ERRORFailed to start tcpdump ERROR DHCPv6 Server conguration update failed ERRORFailed to stop tcpdump ERROR DHCPv6 Server Restart failed ERRORInvalid tcpdumpEnable value ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 243Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceFacility: System (VPN)Log Message Severity Log Message Severity%d command not supported by eapAuth DEBUG PEAP key derive: ERROR ERRORpCtx NULL. DEBUG PEAP context is NULL: ERROR ERRORCurrent cert subject name= %s DEBUG Constructing P2 response: ERROR ERRORX509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data failed. DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR ERRORCannot get cipher, no session est. DEBUG Decrypting TLS data: ERROR ERROR%s: SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP DEBUG Wrong identity size: ERROR ERRORerr code = (%d) in %s DEBUG Wrong size for extensions packet: ERROR ERRORBIO_write: Error DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR. ERRORDecrypting: BIO reset failed DEBUG Inner EAP processing: ERROR ERROREncrypting BIO reset: ERROR DEBUG TLS handshake: ERROR. ERRORBIO_read: Error DEBUG Sending P1 response: ERROR ERROREAP state machine changed from %s to %s. DEBUG Unexpected tlsGlueContinue return value. ERROREAP state machine changed from %s to %s. DEBUG No more fragments in message. ERROR ERRORReceived EAP Packet with code %d DEBUG No phase 2 data or phase 2 data buer NULL: ERROR ERRORResponse ID %d DEBUG Allocating memory for PEAP Phase 2 payload: ERROR ERRORResponse Method %d DEBUG TLS encrypting response: ERROR ERRORCreated EAP/PEAP context: OK DEBUG Setting message in fragment buer: ERROR ERRORDeleted EAP/PEAP context: OK DEBUG Allocating TLS read buer is NULL: ERROR ERRORUpper EAP sent us: decision = %d method state = %d DEBUG Setting last fragment: ERROR ERRORP2 decision=(%d); methodState=(%d) DEBUG Getting message: ERROR ERRORWriting message to BIO: ERROR. DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR ERROREncrypted (%d) bytes for P2 DEBUG Setting fragment: ERROR ERRORP2: sending fragment. DEBUG Creating receive buer: ERROR ERRORP2: message size = %d DEBUG Setting rst fragment: ERROR ERRORP2: sending unfragmented message. DEBUG Sending P1 response: ERROR ERRORP1: Sending fragment. DEBUG NULL request (or response) PDU or NULL context: ERROR ERRORP1: Total TLS message size = (%d) DEBUG Expecting start packet, got something else: ERROR ERRORP1: sending unfragmented message. DEBUG Protocol version mismatch: ERROR ERRORpeapFragFirstProcess: TLS record size to receive = (%d) DEBUG Processing PEAP message (from frag): ERROR ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 244Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceSetting version %d DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR ERRORPEAP pkt rcvd: data len=(%d) ags=(%d) version=(%d) DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR ERRORGot PEAP/Start packet. DEBUG Indicated length not valid: ERROR ERRORGot rst fragment DEBUG Did not get Acknowledged result: ERROR ERRORGot fragment (n) DEBUG Cannot understand AVP value: ERROR ERRORGot last fragment DEBUG eapExtResp is NULL: ERROR ERRORGot unfragmented message DEBUG eapWscCtxCreate: EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERRORGot frag ack. DEBUG eapWscProcess: umiIoctl req to WSC failed, status = %d ERROR Ext AVP parsed: ags=(0x%x) DEBUG eapWscCheck: Invalid frame ERRORMandatory bit not set: WARNING DEBUG eapWscBuildReq: Invalid state %d ERROR Ext AVP parsed: type=(%d) DEBUG eapWscProcessWscResp: Invalid data recd pData = %p, dataLen” ERROR Ext AVP parsed: value=(%d) DEBUG Data received for invalid context, dropping it ERRORGot PEAPv0 success! DEBUG eapWscProcessWscResp: Build Request failed ERRORGot PEAPv0 failure! DEBUG eapWscProcessWscResp: Invalid state %d ERRORpCtx NULL. DEBUG eapWscProcessWscResp: Message processing failed 0x%X ERRORAuthenticator response check: Error DEBUG eapWscProcessWscData: Invalid notication recd %d ERRORAuthenticator response check: Failed DEBUG unable to initialize MD5 ERRORMS-CHAP2 Response AVP size = %u DEBUG MDString: adpDigestInit for md5 failed ERRORCreated EAP/MS-CHAP2 context: OK. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERRORpCtx NULL. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERRORDeleted EAP/MS-CHAPv2 context: OK DEBUG NULL context created: Error ERRORNot authenticated yet. DEBUG NULL context received: Error ERRORAuthenticator response invalid DEBUG Authenticator ident invalid. ERROREAP-MS-CHAPv2 password changed. DEBUG Success request message invalid: Error ERRORrcvd. opCode %d. DEBUG Plugin context is NULL ERRORpCtx NULL. DEBUG Deriving implicit challenge: Error ERRORTLS message len changed in the fragment, ignoring. DEBUG Generating NT response: Error ERROR no data to send while fragment ack received. DEBUG NULL in/out buer: Error ERRORTLS handshake successful. DEBUG Incorrect vendor id. ERRORCreated EAP/TTLS context: OK DEBUG Allocating memory for outBu: ERROR ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 245Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceDeleted EAP/TTLS context: OK DEBUG AVP code not recognized ERRORNo more fragments in message. ERROR DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERRORUpper EAP sent us: method state = %d; decision = %d DEBUG Converting password to unicode: Error ERRORP2: sending fragment. DEBUG Generating password hash: Error. ERRORP2 send unfragmented message. DEBUG Generating password hash hash: Error. ERRORP1: sending fragment. DEBUG Generating master key: Error. ERRORP1: sending unfragmented message. DEBUG Generating rst 16 bytes of session key: Error.n ERROR\tTLSMsgLen = 0x%x DEBUG Generating second 16 bytes of session key: Error.n ERRORSend req ptr = 0x%x; Send resp ptr = 0x%x DEBUG Converting password to unicode: Error ERRORP2 decision=(%d); methodState=(%d) DEBUG Constructing failure response: ERROR ERRORDefault EAP: method state = %d; decision = %d DEBUG Error checking authenticator response. ERRORTTLS pkt: data len=(%d) ags=(0x%x) DEBUG Error generating NT response. ERRORGot start DEBUG Username string more than 256 ASCII characters: ERROR ERRORGot rst fragment (n). DEBUG Invalid Value-Size. ERRORGot fragment (n). DEBUG Invalid MS-Length. Got (%d), expected (%d) ERRORGot last fragment DEBUG Error constructing response. ERRORGot unfragmented message. DEBUG Got type (%d), expecting (%d) ERRORGot frag ack. DEBUG Cannot handle message; opCode = %d ERRORRcvd. AVP Code-%u: ags-0x%x: len-%u: vendorId-%u: “ DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERRORMOD EAP: method state from upper = %d; decision = %d DEBUG tlsGlueCtxCreate failed. ERRORGot AVP len = %ul. Should be less than 16777215 DEBUG client certicate must be set in the prole. ERRORAVP length extract: Error DEBUG received TLS message length too big. ERRORpFB is NULL DEBUG total frags len > initial total TLS length. ERRORRequesting message before assembly complete DEBUG total frags len > initial total TLS length. ERRORpFB is NULL DEBUG total data rcvd(%d) doesnt match the initial “ ERRORpFB is NULL DEBUG couldnt write %d data to TLS buer. ERRORBuer cannot hold message: ERROR DEBUG invalid ags %s passed to eapTlsBuildResp. ERRORpFB is NULL: Error DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERRORpFB is NULL DEBUG tlsGlueCtxCreate failed. ERRORTLS_FB* is NULL. DEBUG Context NULL: ERROR ERRORpFB->msgBu is NULL. DEBUG Setting prole to glue layer: ERROR. ERRORError calculating binary. DEBUG _eapCtxCreate failed. ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 246Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceError calculating binary. DEBUG %d authentication not enabled in the system. ERRORadpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG Initializing inner non-EAP auth plugin: ERROR ERRORadpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG TTLS key derive: ERROR ERRORE = %d DEBUG TTLS context from EAP plugin is NULL: ERROR ERRORR = %d DEBUG Allocating memory for TTLS Phase 2 payload: ERROR ERRORCould not initialize des-ecb DEBUG TLS Encrypting response: ERROR ERRORadpDigestInit for MD4 failed. DEBUG Allocating TLS read buer is NULL: ERROR ERRORadpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG Inner authentication (id: %d) unhandled ERRORadpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR. ERRORError converting received auth reponse to bin. DEBUG Decrypting TLS data: ERROR ERRORGnerating challenge hash: Error DEBUG Processing Phase 2 method: Error ERRORGenerating password hash: Error DEBUG Writing message to BIO: ERROR. ERRORGenerating challenge response: Error DEBUG TLS handshake: ERROR. ERRORConn cipher name=%s ver=%s: %s DEBUG Unexpected tlsGlueContinue return value. ERRORSend req ptr = 0x%x; Send resp ptr = 0x%x DEBUG NULL request (or response) PDU or NULL context ERRORRequest ptr = 0x%x; DEBUG Protocol version mismatch: ERROR ERRORResponse ptr = 0x%x DEBUG Creating receive buer: ERROR ERRORRcvd. AVP Code - %ul DEBUG Setting rst fragment: ERROR ERRORRcvd. AVP ags - 0x%02x DEBUG Setting fragment: ERROR ERRORRcvd. AVP len - %ul DEBUG Setting last fragment: ERROR ERRORRcvd. AVP vendor id - %ul DEBUG Getting message: ERROR ERROR\tCode = %d DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR ERROR\tIdent = %d DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR ERROR\tLen = %d DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR ERROR\tType = %d DEBUG Decapsulating AVP: ERROR ERROR\tOpCode = %d DEBUG Processing EAP receive: Error ERROR\tMSID = %d DEBUG AVP code not EAP: Error ERROR\tmsLen = %d DEBUG Encapsulating AVP: ERROR ERROR\tvalSize = %d DEBUG prole %s doesnt exist. ERRORFrag Buer bytes left = (%d) DEBUG prole %s is in use. ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 247Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceStripped username=(%s) DEBUG prole %s already exists. ERRORdigestLen = %d. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed ERRORClearText = DEBUG User not found. ERRORCipherText = DEBUG EAP-MD5 not enabled in system conguration. ERRORdigestLen = %d. DEBUG EAP-MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system conguration. ERRORdigestLen1 = %d. DEBUG EAP-TLS not enabled in system conguration. ERRORdigestLen2 = %d. DEBUG EAP-TTLS not enabled in system conguration. ERRORpassword change is not allowed for this user DEBUG EAP-PEAP not enabled in system conguration. ERRORcompleted writing the policy DEBUG EAP-WSC not enabled in system conguration. ERRORcompleted writing the SA DEBUG PAP not enabled in system conguration. ERRORcompleted writing the proposal block DEBUG CHAP not enabled in system conguration. ERRORcmdBuf: %s DEBUG MSCHAP not enabled in system conguration. ERRORX509_DEBUG : Invalid Certicate for the generated” DEBUG MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system conguration. ERRORX590_ERROR : Failed to create File ‘%s’ DEBUG PAP/Token not enabled in system conguration. ERRORx509TblHandler DEBUG EAP-MD5 not enabled in system conguration. ERRORpCertType: %s DEBUG EAP-MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system cong. ERRORpRowQueryStr: %s DEBUG EAP-TLS not enabled in system conguration. ERRORx509SelfCertTblHandler DEBUG EAP-TTLS and EAP-PEAP are not valid as inner” ERRORpRowQueryStr: %s DEBUG invalid innerAuth %d. ERROR%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG prole %s doesnt exist. ERRORumiRegister failed ERROR Re-assembling fragments incorrect size ERROReapAuthHandler: Invalid data received ERROR Error creating cipher context. ERROREAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Error initializing cipher context. ERRORmalloc failed. ERROR Error creating digest context. ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 248Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceBIO_new_mem_buf failed. ERROR Error initializing digest context. ERRORmalloc failed. ERROR Error initializing DES in Klite ERRORBIO_new_mem_buf failed. ERROR Error initializing MD4 in Klite ERRORSSL_CTX_new (TLSv1_client_method) failed. ERROR Error initializing RC4 in Klite ERRORunable to set user congured CIPHER list %s ERROR Error initializing SHA in Klite ERRORCerticate verication failed. ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERRORServer name match failed. Got (%s) expected “ ERROR Error destroying cipher context. ERRORSSL_CTX_use_certicate_le (cert, PEM) failed. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERRORSSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_le failed. ERROR Error destroying digest context. ERRORprivate key does not match public key ERROR Error stripping domain name. ERRORSSL_CTX_load_verify_locations failed ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERRORSSL_new failed. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERRORBoth SSL_VERIFY_PEER and SSL_VERIFY_NONE set: Error ERROR Challenge not present in failure packet. ERROREAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Wrong challenge length. ERROREAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Incorrect password change version value. ERROReapTimerCreate failed. ERROR Error generating password hash. ERROReapCtxDelete:pCtx == NULL ERROR Error generating password hash. ERROReapRole != EAP_ROLE_PEER or EAP_ROLE_AUTHENTICATOR ERROR Error encrypting password hash with block ERRORpEapCtx == NULL or pPDU == NULL. ERROR Could not initialize des-ecb ERRORreceived EAP pdu bigger than EAP_MTU_SIZE. ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERRORreceived EAP pdu bigger than EAP_MTU_SIZE. ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERRORstate machine is in invalid state. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERRORunable to create method context. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERRORmethod ctxCreate failed. ERROR adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. ERRORmethod prole set failed. ERROR X509_ERROR : .Query:%s ERRORstate machine is in invalid state. ERROR X509_ERROR : Invalid Certicate for the “ ERROROnly StandAlone authenticator supported currently. ERROR invalid x509 certicate ERRORstate machine is in invalid state. ERROR Couldn’t get the x509 cert hash ERRORBuildReq operation failed ERROR Memory allocation failed ERRORNo method ops dened for current method ERROR FileName too lengthy ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 249Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceProcess operation failed ERROR Couldn’t execute command ERRORstate machine is in invalid state. ERROR Memory allocation failed ERRORPacket length mismatch %d, %d ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROReapAuthTypeToType: Invalid eapAuthType %d ERROR invalid certicate data ERROReapTypeToAuthType: Invalid eapType %d ERROR .Query:%s ERRORunable to create method context. ERROR .Query:%s ERRORmethod ctxCreate failed. ERROR Memory allocation failed ERRORInvalid condition, methodState = %d, respMethod = %d ERROR X509_ERROR : Failed to validate the certcate “ ERRORA EAP Ctx map already exists ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROReapTimerCreate: Currently unsupported for Peer role ERROR .Query:%s ERROReapTimerStart: Currently unsupported for Peer role ERROR Invalid Sign Key Length : %d ERROReapTimerDestroy: Currently unsupported for Peer role ERROR Invalid Hash Alg : %d ERROReapTimerCancel: Currently unsupported for Peer role ERROR Invalid Sign Alg : %d ERROReapTimerHandler: Currently unsupported for Peer role ERROR No Memory Available ERRORpCtx is NULL: ERROR ERROR Certicate Request Failed ERRORtlsGlueCtxCreate failed ERROR File Open Failed ERROReapVars is NULL ERROR File is Empty ERRORContext NULL: ERROR ERROR Memory Allocation Failed ERRORInitializing inner EAP auth: ERROR ERROR File Open Failed ERRORpCtx is NULL: ERROR ERROR File is Empty ERRORMemory Allocation Failed ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 250Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceFacility: System (Admin)Log Message Severity Log Message SeverityUsage:%s <DBFile> DEBUG unable to register to UMI ERRORCould not open database: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORCPU LOG File not found DEBUG radSendtoServer: socket: %s ERRORMEM LOG File not found DEBUG radSendtoServer: bind() Failed: %s: %s ERRORcpuMemUsageDBUpdateHandler: update query: %s DEBUG radRecvfromServer: recvfrom() Failed: %s ERRORPrinting the whole list after inserting DEBUG radRecvfromServer: Packet too small from %s:%d: %s ERROR%s at %d(minute) %d(hour) %d(dayOfMonth) %d(month)” DEBUG radCheckMsgAuth: Invalid Message-Authenticator length in” ERRORadpCmdExec exited with return code=%d DEBUG radDictLoad: couldn’t open dictionary %s: %s ERROR %s op=%d row=%d DEBUG radBuildAndSendReq: Invalid Request Code %d ERRORsqlite3_mprintf failed DEBUG radPairAssign: bad attribute value length ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed: query=%s DEBUG radPairAssign: unknown attribute type %d ERRORPrinting the whole list after delete DEBUG radPairNew: unknown attribute %d ERROR%s at %d(minute) %d(hour) %d(dayOfMonth) %d(month)” DEBUG radPairGen: Attribute(%d) has invalid length ERRORPrinting the whole list after inserting DEBUG radPairValue: unknown attribute type %d ERROR%s at %d(minute) %d(hour) %d(dayOfMonth) %d(month)” DEBUG radPairValueLen: unknown attribute type %d ERRORemail logs: No logging events enabled DEBUG radPairLocate: Attribute(%d) has invalid length ERROR %s DEBUG radPairUnpackDefault: Unknown-Attribute[%d]: ERRORMail sent and the Database is reset. DEBUG radCongure: can’t open %s: %s ERRORDisabled syslog server DEBUG radCongure: %s: line %d: bogus format: %s ERROREvent logs are full, sending logs to email DEBUG radConfAssert: No AuthServer Specied ERROREmail logs sending failed DEBUG radConfAssert: No Default Timeout Specied ERRORPacking attribute: %s DEBUG radConfAssert: No Default Retry Count Specied ERRORServer found: %s, secret: %s DEBUG radExtractMppeKey: Invalid MS-MPPE-Key Length ERRORPacked Auth. Reqest: code:%d, id:%d, len:%d DEBUG radVendorMessage: Invalid Length in Vendor Message ERRORSending Packet to %x:%d .... DEBUG radVendorMessage: Unknown Vendor ID received:%d ERRORReceiving Reply Packet.... DEBUG radVendorAttrGet: Invalid Length in Vendor Message ERRORVeried Reply Packet Integrity DEBUG radVendorAttrGet: Unknown Vendor ID:%d ERRORGenerated Reply Attribute-Value pairs DEBUG radVendorMessagePack: Unknown Vendor ID:%d ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 251Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceVeried Message-Authenticator DEBUG radGetIPByName: couldn’t resolve hostname: %s ERRORUnloaded RADIUS Dictionary DEBUG radGetHostIP: couldn’t get hostname ERRORAdding Dictionary Attribute %s DEBUG radGetHostIP: couldn’t get host IP address ERRORAdding Dictionary Value %s DEBUG RADIUS dictionary loading failed ERRORLoaded Dictionary %s DEBUG Failed to set default timeout value ERRORAdding Dictionary Attribute ‘%s’ DEBUG Failed to set default retries value ERRORAdding Dictionary Value %s DEBUG ERROR: incomplete DB update information. ERRORReceiving attribute: %s DEBUG old values result does not contain 2 rows ERRORProcessing attribute: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORProcessing attribute: %s DEBUG empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERRORProcessing attribute: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORProcessing attribute: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORradConfGet: “ DEBUG Invalid SQLITE operation code - %d ERRORAdded Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORAdded Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG empty result. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERRORDefault Timeout Set to %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORDefault Retry Count Set to %d DEBUG empty result. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR%s - %s : %d DEBUG RADIUS Accounting Exchange Failed ERRORDeleting Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG Unable to set debug for radAcct. ERRORAdding RowId:%d to Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radAcct. ERRORrowIds: %d - %d DEBUG ERROR: option value not specied ERRORDeleting Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG ERROR: option value not specied ERRORRADIUS Decongured DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERRORFound Option %s on line %d of le %s DEBUG radEapMsgQueueAdd: Invalid EAP packet length(%d) ERRORSetting Option %s with value %s DEBUG radEapRecvTask: invalid EAP code:%d ERRORRADIUS Congured DEBUG radEapRecvTask: Packet length mismatch %d, %d ERROR%d : Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG No attributes received in Access-Challenge message ERRORDBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG No State Attribute in Access-Challenge message ERRORHost IP address: %s DEBUG radEapRecvTask: “ ERRORAdding Packet for existing cookie:%p DEBUG failed to initialize UMI ERRORAdding Packet and cookie:%p DEBUG umiRegister failed. errno=%d ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 252Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceReleasing Packet and cookie:%p DEBUG Invalid arguments to ioctl handler ERRORReleasing Packet with cookie:%p DEBUG radEapSendRtn: Invalid Arguments ERRORReceived EAP-Identity from Pnac: %s DEBUG radEapSendRtn: failed to allocate buer ERRORFilling User-Name: %s DEBUG umiIoctl failed ERRORFilling State: DEBUG failed to initialize EAP message queue ERRORFilling EAP-Message: DEBUG Unable to set debug for radEap. ERRORFilling Service-Type: %d DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radEap. ERRORFilling Framed-MTU: %d DEBUG ERROR: option value not specied ERRORReceived Access-Challenge from Server DEBUG ERROR: option value not specied ERRORSending Reply EAP Packet to Pnac DEBUG could not initialize MGMT framework ERRORError sending packet to Pnac DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERRORRADIUS Authentication Failed; “ DEBUG Unable to set debug for radEap. ERRORRADIUS Authentication Successful; “ DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radEap. ERRORGot Packet with cookie:%p DEBUG ERROR: option value not specied ERRORNext DNS Retry after 1 min DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERRORNext Synchronization after” DEBUG Invalid username or password ERRORNext Synchronization after” DEBUG Unable to set debug for radAuth. ERRORNext Synchronization after %d \ DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radAuth. ERRORPrimary is not available, “ DEBUG ERROR: option value not specied ERRORSecondary is not available, “ DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERRORInvalid value for use default servers, “ DEBUG Invalid username, challenge or response ERRORNo server is congured, “ DEBUG Unable to set debug for radAuth. ERRORBacking o for %d seconds DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radAuth. ERRORRequesting time from %s DEBUG ERROR: option value not specied ERRORSynchronized time with %s DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERRORReceived KOD packet from %s DEBUG Invalid username or password ERRORNo suitable server found %s DEBUG usage : %s <DB leName> ERRORReceived Invalid Length packet from %s DEBUG ntpd : umi initialization failed ERRORReceived Invalid Version packet from %s DEBUG ntpd : ntpInit failed ERRORReceived Invalid Mode packet from %s DEBUG ntpd : ntpMgmtInit failed ERRORRequest Timed out from %s DEBUG There was an error while getting the timeZoneChangeScript.” ERRORLooking Up %s DEBUG unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d ! ERRORTimezone dierence :%d DEBUG cmd %d not supported. caller %d ERRORCould not open le: %s DEBUG default reached ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 253Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceCould not read data from le DEBUG Unable to initialize ntpControl ERRORntpTblHandler DEBUG ntpMgmt : Couldn’t open database %s ERRORstatus: %d DEBUG ERROR : incomplete DB update information ERRORtz: %d DEBUG empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERRORDayLightsaving: %d DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERRORpNtpControl->ServerNames[PRIMARY_SERVER]: %s DEBUG requestNtpTime: Invalid addr ERRORpNtpControl->ServerNames[SECONDARY_SERVER]: %s DEBUG failed to take lock for compId: %d ERRORDS: %d DEBUG failed to convert ioctl args to buer for” ERRORpPriServ %s DEBUG request timeout dst(%d) <-- src(%d) ERRORpSecServ %s DEBUG failed to take lock for compId: %d ERRORMaking request from %d --> %d DEBUG umiIoctlArgsToBuf: failed to allocate memory ERRORsent request dst(%d) <-- src(%d) using option %d DEBUG umiRecvFrom: could not allocate memory ERRORreceived request too small!(%d bytes) DEBUG adpMalloc failed ERRORReceived a UMI request from %d DEBUG context with ID: %d already registered ERRORsent a reply src(%d) ---> dst(%d) DEBUG Failed to allocate memory for creating UMI context ERRORumiRegister (%x,%x,%x,%x) DEBUG Failed to create recvSem for UMI context ERRORsrcId=%d(%s) --> destId=%d(%s) cmd=%d inLen=%d outLen=%d DEBUG Failed to create mutex locks for UMI context ERRORwaiting for reply...Giving Up DEBUG Failed to create mutex recvQLock for UMI context ERRORNo request in the list after semTake DEBUG Invalid arguments to umiIoctl ERRORreply timeout DEBUG could not nd the destination context ERRORtimeout after semTake DEBUG memPartAlloc for %d size failed ERRORsrcId=%d(%s) <-- destId=%d(%s) cmd=%d DEBUG memPartAlloc for %d size failed ERROR Un-registerting component with Id %d DEBUG No Handler registered for this UMI context ERRORfailed to send ioctl request: dst(%d) <--- src(%d) DEBUG Couldn’t nd component with ID (%d),” ERRORprocessed a reply dst(%d) <-- src(%d) DEBUG id=%d handler=%x ERRORrequest with no result option dst(%d) <-- src(%d) DEBUG Received NULL buer in umiBufToIoctlArgs() ERRORcmd = %s DEBUG usbMgmtInit: unable to open the database le %s ERRORcmdstring is %s %s:%d DEBUG call to printCong failed ERRORCalling printerCong binary ... DEBUG Failed to Disable Network Storage” ERRORCalling unmount for USB ... DEBUG Some error occurred while removing device ERRORCalling mount for USB ... DEBUG Some error occurred while removing device ERRORusbdevice is %d %s:%d DEBUG Sqlite update failed ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 254Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceQuery string: %s DEBUG Failed to enable printer properly ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s DEBUG Failed to mount device on system ERROR%s: 1. usb is already disconnected for old usb type. “ DEBUG Failed to enable network storage device” ERROR%s: 2.call disable for new usb type ! DEBUG Failed to mount device on system ERROR%s: 3. usb is already disconnected for old usb type. “ DEBUG Sqlite update failed ERROR%s: 4. Disabled old usb type . Now “ DEBUG USB1 Touch failed ERRORusbdevice is %d %s:%d DEBUG USB2 Touch failed ERRORUSB: failed to begin transaction: %s DEBUG Sqlite update failed ERRORUSB: SQL error: %s pSetString = %s DEBUG Failed query: %s ERRORUSB: failed to commit transaction: %s DEBUG Failed to execute usb database update handler ERRORUSB: updated table: %s DEBUG Usage:%s <DBFile> <opType> <tblName> <rowId> ERRORUSB: returning with status: %s DEBUG Illegal invocation of snmpCong (%s) ERROR%s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG Invalid Community Access Type ERRORexecuting %s status =%d DEBUG Invalid User Access Type ERRORexecuting %s DEBUG Invalid Security Level ERROR%s returned status=%d DEBUG Invalid Authentication Algorithm ERROR%s returned status=%d DEBUG Invalid Privacy Algorithm ERRORsnmpd.conf not found DEBUG Invalid Argument ERROR[SNMP_DEBUG] : Fwrite Successful DEBUG Failed to allocate memory for engineID ERROR[SNMP_DEBUG] : Fwrite failed DEBUG [SNMP_DEBUG]: Failed to get host address ERRORradPairGen: received unknown attribute %d of length %d WARN [SNMP_DEBUG] : FOPEN failed ERRORradPairGen: %s has unknown type WARN sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORradPairLocate: unknown attribute %ld of length %d WARN sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORradPairLocate: %s has unknown type WARN Invalid Security Level ERRORIllegal invocation of cpuMemUsage (%s) ERROR Invalid Authentication Algorithm ERRORcpuMemUsageDBUpdateHandler: SQL error: %s ERROR Invalid Privacy Algorithm ERRORunable to open the DB le %s ERROR Failed to Get Host Address ERRORumiInit failed ERROR Invalid version ERRORunable to register to UMI ERROR snmp v3 Trap Conguration Failed ERRORError Reading from the Database. ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed query:%s ERRORshort DB update event request! ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORError in executing DB update handler ERROR Failed to Open Snmp Conguration File ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 255Appendix D - Log Output Reference adpListNodeRemove : Returned with an error ERROR Failed to write access control entries ERRORcommand too long. Try increasing “ ERROR Failed to write snmpv3 users entries ERRORfailed to allocate memory for CRON_NODE ERROR Failed to write snmp trap entries ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Failed to write system entries. ERRORThere was an error while reading the schedules. ERROR Failed to restart snmp ERRORunable to register to UMI ERROR %s failed with status ERRORshort DB update event request! ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERRORmalloc(DB_UPDATE_NODE) failed ERROR %s: Unable to open le: %s ERRORshort ifDev event request! ERROR RADVD start failed ERRORsqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR RADVD stop failed ERRORno component id matching %s ERROR failed to create/open RADVD conguration le %s ERRORumiIoctl (%s, UMI_CMD_DB_UPDATE(%d)) failed. ERROR Restoring old conguration.. ERRORsqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR failed to write/update RADVD conguration le ERRORsqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR upnpDisableFunc failed ERRORno component id matching %s ERROR upnpEnableFunc failed ERRORumiIoctl (%s, UMI_CMD_IFDEV_EVENT(%d)) failed. ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORklogctl(9) failed ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERRORmalloc failed for %d bytes ERROR unable to open the DB le %s ERRORklogctl(4) failed ERROR umiInit failed ERRORemailLogs: Invalid Number of Arguments!! Exiting. ERROR unable to register to UMI ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR short DB update event request! ERRORCould not execute the smtpClient. ERROR short ifDev event request! ERRORError while cleaning the database.Exiting. %s ERROR sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR %s failed. status=%d ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 256Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceFacility: System (Firewall)Log Message Severity Log Message SeverityEnabling rule for protocol binding. DEBUG Disable all NAT rules. DEBUGDisabling rule for protocol binding. DEBUG Enable all NAT rules. DEBUGEnabling Remote SNMP on WAN. DEBUG Enabling NAT URL lter rules. DEBUGDisabling Remote SNMP on WAN DEBUG Restarting all NAT rules. DEBUGwan trac counters are restared DEBUG Deleting schedule based rewall rules. DEBUGTrac limit has been reached DEBUG Deleting schedule based rewall rules from DB. DEBUGTrac meter monthly limit has been changed to %d. DEBUG Update schedule based rewall rules in DB. DEBUGEnabling trac meter for only dowload. DEBUG Restart schedule based rewall rules. DEBUGEnabling trac meter for both directions. DEBUG inter vlan routing enabled DEBUGEnabling trac meter with no limit. DEBUG inter vlan routing disabled DEBUGEmail alert in trac meter disabled. DEBUG Disabling Content Filter for %d DEBUGEmail alert in trac meter enabled. DEBUG Enabling Content Filter for %d DEBUGTrac Meter:Monthly limit %d MB has been “ DEBUG ./src/rewall/linux/user/rewalld.c:59:#undef ADP_DEBUG2 DEBUGTrac Metering: Adding rule to drop all trac DEBUG./src/rewall/linux/user/rewalld.c:61:#dene ADP_DEBUG2 printfDEBUGTrac Metering: %sabling Email trac DEBUG Enabling Source MAC Filtering DEBUGDisabling attack checks for IPv6 rules. DEBUG Disabling Source MAC Filtering DEBUGEnabling attack checks for IPv6 rules. DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Block & Permit Rest DEBUGConguring one to one NAT settings with %s private start IP “ DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Permit & Block Rest DEBUGDeleting forward one to one NAT having setting %s private start” DEBUG Restarting Source MAC Address Policy DEBUGDisabling attack check for Block ping to WAN interface. DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol DEBUGDisabling attack check for Stealth mode for tcp DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol DEBUGDisabling attack check for Stealth mode for udp DEBUG prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 257Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceDisabling attack check for TCP Flood. DEBUG prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed DEBUGDisabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Deleting MAC Filter Policy for Address %s DEBUGDisabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Address %s DEBUGDisabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rules for DMZ host DEBUGDisabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for DMZ host DEBUGDisabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing DEBUGDisabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing DEBUGDisabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing DEBUGDisabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing DEBUGEnabling attack check for Block ping to WAN “ DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Auto Failover DEBUGEnabling attack check for Stealth Mode for tcp. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing . DEBUGEnabling attack check for Stealth Mode for udp. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing . DEBUGEnabling attack check for TCP Flood. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Auto Failover DEBUGEnabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Deleting BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUGEnabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Enabling BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUGEnabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Disabling BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUGEnabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Updating BlockSites Keyword from \ DEBUGEnabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Inserting BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUGEnabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Deleting Trusted Domain \ DEBUGEnabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Adding Trusted Domain \ DEBUGEnabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Restarting Schedule Based Firewall Rules DEBUGEnabling DoS attack check with %d SyncFlood detect rate, “ DEBUG Enabling Remote SNMP DEBUGDisabling DoS attack check having %d SyncFlood detect rate,” DEBUG Disabling Remote SNMP DEBUGEnabling ICSA Notication Item for ICMP notication. DEBUG Enabling Remote SNMP DEBUGEnabling ICSA Notication Item for Fragmented Packets. DEBUG Disabling DOS Attacks DEBUGEnabling ICSA Notication Item for Multi cast Packets. DEBUG Enabling DOS Attacks DEBUGDisabling ICSA Notication Item for ICMP notication. DEBUG Enabling DOS Attacks DEBUGDisabling ICSA Notication Item for Fragmented Packets. DEBUG Restarting Firewall [%d]:[%d] For %s DEBUGDisabling ICSA Notication Item for Multi cast Packets. DEBUG restartStatus = %d for LogicalIfName = %s DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 258Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceAdding IP/MAC binding rule for %s MAC address “ DEBUG Deleting Lan Group %s DEBUGDeleting IP/MAC binding rule for %s MAC “DEBUG Adding Lan Group %s DEBUG./src/rewall/linux/user/rewalld.c:60:#undef ADP_DEBUG DEBUG Deleting lan host %s from group %s DEBUG./src/rewall/linux/user/rewalld.c:62:#dene ADP_DEBUG printf DEBUG Adding lan host %s from group %s DEBUGRestarting trac meter with %d mins, %d hours, “ DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rule for IGMP Protocol DEBUGUpdating trac meter with %d mins, %d hours, “ DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rule for IGMP Protocol DEBUGDeleting trac meter. DEBUG Deleting IP/MAC Bind Rule for MAC address %s and IP “ DEBUGDisabling block trac for trac meter. DEBUG Adding IP/MAC Bind Rule for MAC address %s and IP DEBUGEnabling trac meter. DEBUG Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s DEBUGAdding lan group %s. DEBUG Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s DEBUGDeleting lan group %s. DEBUG Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s DEBUGRenaming lan group from %s to %s. DEBUG Adding Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s DEBUGDeleting host %s from %s group. DEBUG %s Session Settings DEBUGAdding host %s to %s group. DEBUG Restarting IPv6 Firewall Rules... DEBUGEnabling Keyword blocking for %s keyword. DEBUG Deleting Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d DEBUGDisabling keyword Blocking for %s keyword . DEBUG Deleting Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d DEBUGDeleting trusted domain with keyword %s. DEBUG Enabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d DEBUGAdding %s keyword to trusted domain. DEBUG Disabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d DEBUGEnabling Management Access from Internet on port %d DEBUG Enabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d DEBUGEnabling remote access management for IP address range” DEBUG Disabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d DEBUGEnabling remote access management to only this PC. DEBUG Adding Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d DEBUGDisabling Management Access from Internet on port %d DEBUG Enabling Content Filter DEBUGDisabling remote access management for IP address range” DEBUG Disabling Content Filter DEBUGDisabling remote access management only to this PC. DEBUG Enabling Content Filter DEBUGMAC Filtering %sabled for BLOCK and PERMIT REST. DEBUG Setting NAT mode for pLogicalIfName = %s DEBUGMAC Filtering %sabled for PERMIT and BLOCK REST. DEBUG Enabling DROP for INPUT DEBUGEnabling Content Filtering. DEBUG Enabling DROP for FORWARD DEBUGDisabling Content Filtering. DEBUG Enabling NAT based Firewall Rules DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 259Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceDeleting rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. DEBUG Setting transparent mode for pLogicalIfName \ DEBUGDeleting rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. DEBUG Enabling Accept for INPUT DEBUGDeleting rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. DEBUG Enabling Accept for FORWARD DEBUGDeleting rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. DEBUG Setting Routing mode for pLogicalIfName \ DEBUGEnabling rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. DEBUG Enabling DROP for INPUT DEBUGEnabling rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. DEBUG Enabling DROP for FORWARD DEBUGEnabling rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. DEBUG Disabling NAT based Firewall Rules DEBUGEnabling rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for URL Filtering & “ DEBUGEnabling DNS proxy. DEBUG Adding Firewall Rule for RIP Protocol DEBUGRestarting DNS proxy. DEBUG Restarting Schedule Based Firewall Rules DEBUGchecking DNS proxy for Secure zone. DEBUG enabling IPS checks between %s and %s zones. DEBUGchecking DNS proxy for Public zone. DEBUG disabling IPS checks between %s and %s zones. DEBUGEnabling Block trac from %s zone. DEBUG Stopping IPS...%s DEBUGConguring rewall session settings for “ DEBUG IPS started. DEBUGDisabling DMZ DEBUG Route already exists DEBUGDisabling WAN-DMZ rules . DEBUG Route addition failed: Network Unreachable DEBUGEnabling WAN DMZ rules . DEBUG Route addition failed: Network is down DEBUGRestarting DMZ rule having %s address with %s address. DEBUG Route addition failed DEBUGEnabling LAN DHCP relay. DEBUG Failed to add rule in iptables DEBUGOneToOneNat congured successfully DEBUG Failed to delete rule from iptables DEBUGOneToOneNat conguration failed DEBUG fwLBSpillOverCongure: Something going wrong here ERRORDeleting scheduled IPv6 rules. DEBUG fwLBSpillOverCongure: unable to get interfaceName ERRORdelete from FirewallRules6 where ScheduleName = ‘%s’. DEBUG fwLBSpillOverCongure: Could not set PREROUTING rules ERRORUpdate FirewallRules6 where ScheduleName = ‘%s’ to New “ DEBUG fwLBSpillOverCongure: Could not set POSTROUTING rules ERRORDns proxy Restart failed DEBUG fwLBSpillOverCongure: Something going wrong Here ERRORdeleting interface to ifgroup failed DEBUG fwL2TPGenericRules.c: unable to open the database le “ ERRORadding interface to ifgroup failed DEBUG fwL2TPGenericRules.c: inet_aton failed ERRORdeleting interface pVirtIface %s from ifgroup %d” DEBUG fwPPTPGenericRules.c: unable to open the database le “ ERRORadding interface pVirtIface %s to ifgroup %d failed DEBUG fwPPTPGenericRules.c: inet_aton failed ERRORDeleting IP address %s. DEBUG DNS proxy rewall rule add failed for %s ERRORAdding new IP address %s. DEBUG deleting interface %s from ifgroup %d failed ERRORUpdating old IP address %s to new IP address %s. DEBUG adding interface %s to ifgroup %d failed ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 260Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceRestarting Firewall For %s Address Update from %s:%s DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: unable to get interfaceName ERRORDisabling Firewall Rule for MSS packet marking DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: \ ERROREnabling Firewall Rule for MSS packet marking DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: unable to get \ ERROREnabling packet marking rule for %s IDLE timer DEBUG Failed to %s trac from %s to %s to IPS. ERRORDeleted rewall rule %s for service %s with action %s DEBUG Failed to %s trac from %s to %s to IPS. ERROR%s rewall rule %s for service %s with action %s DEBUG failed to start IPS service. ERRORAdded rewall rule %s for service %s with action %s DEBUG Timeout in waiting for IPS service to start. ERRORDeleting inbound(WAN-LAN) rewall rule. DEBUG Usage:%s <DBFile> <opType> <tblName> <rowId> “ ERRORDeleting inbound(WAN-DMZ) rewall rule. DEBUG xlr8NatCong: illegal invocation of (%s) ERRORRIPng disabled. DEBUG Illegal invocation of [%s] ERRORRIPng enabled. DEBUG xlr8NatMgmtTblHandler: failed query: %s ERRORDisable IPv6 rewall rule. DEBUG Could not open le: %s ERROREnable IPv6 rewall rule. DEBUG Rip Error Command Too Long ERRORDeleting IGMP proxy rule. DEBUG No authentication for Ripv1 ERROREnable IGMP proxy rule. DEBUG Invalid Rip Direction ERRORRestarting IGMP rule. DEBUG Invalid Rip Version ERRORTrac meter enabled with no limit type. DEBUG Invalid Password for 1st Key ERRORTrac meter enabled for only download. DEBUG Invalid Time for 1st Key ERRORTrac meter enabled for both directions. DEBUG Invalid Password for 2nd Key ERRORDeleted rewall rule %s for service %s with action %s DEBUG Invalid Time for 2nd Key ERROR%s rewall rule %s for service %s with action %s DEBUG Invalid First KeyId ERRORAdded rewall rule %s for service %s with action %s DEBUG Invalid Second KeyId ERROREnabling Inter VLAN routing. DEBUG Invalid Authentication Type ERRORUpdating inter VLAN routing status. DEBUG ripDisable failed ERRORDeleting inter VLAN routing. DEBUG ripEnable failed ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 261Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceFacility: Local0 (Wireless)Log Message Severity Log Message Severity(node=%s) setting %s to val = %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORCustom wireless event: ‘%s’ DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERRORWireless event: cmd=0x%x len=%d DEBUG VAP(%s) set beacon interval failed ERRORNew Rogue AP (%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x) detectedDEBUG VAP(%s) set DTIM interval failed ERRORWPS session in progress, ignoring enrolle assoc request DEBUG VAP(%s) set RTS Threshold failed ERRORran query %s DEBUG VAP(%s) set Fragmentation Threshold failed ERRORDBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG VAP(%s) set Protection Mode failed ERROR%sing VAPs using prole %s DEBUG VAP(%s) set Tx Power failed ERROR%sing VAP %s DEBUG WDS Prole %s not found ERRORran query %s DEBUG Failed to initalize WPS on %s ERROR%sing VAP instance %s DEBUG failed to get prole %s ERRORVAP(%s) set Short Preamble failed DEBUG could not initialize MGMT framework ERRORVAP(%s) set Short Retry failed DEBUG could not initialize MGMT framework ERRORVAP(%s) set Long Retry failed DEBUG dot11VapBssidUpdt SQL error: %s ERRORDecrypting context with key %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORUnknown IAPP command %d received. DEBUG KDOT11_GET_PARAM(IEEE80211_IOC_CHANNEL) failed ERRORunexpected reply from %d cmd=%d ! DEBUG Failed to get the channel setting for %s ERRORunexpected reply from %d cmd=%d ! DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORRecvied DOT11_EAPOL_KEYMSG DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORshutting down AP:%s DEBUG prole %s not found ERRORAPCtx Found DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERRORAPCtx Not-Found DEBUG Interface name and policy must be specied ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 262Appendix D - Log Output Referencenode not found *:*:*:%x:%x:%x DEBUG Interface name and policy must be specied ERRORerror installing unicast key for %s DEBUG invalid ACL type %d ERRORcmd =%d i_type =%d i_val=%d DEBUG interface name not specied ERRORjoin event for new node %s DEBUG interface name not specied ERRORwpa/rsn IE id %d/%d not supported DEBUG Invalid interface - %s specied ERRORwpa IE id %d not supported DEBUG buer length not specied ERRORleave event for node %s DEBUG Invalid length(%d) specied ERRORNodeFree request for node : %s DEBUG failed created iappdLock ERRORinstalling key to index %d DEBUG failed to create cipher contexts. ERRORiReq.i_val : %d DEBUG unable to register to UMI ERRORpIfName : %s DEBUG iappSockInit() failed ERRORiReq.i_val : %d DEBUG iappInit got error, unregistering it with UMI ERRORsetting mode: %d DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) failed ERRORGlobal counter wrapped, re-generating... DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) failed ERRORGot PNAC_EVENT_PREAUTH_SUCCESS event for : %s DEBUG UDP failed, received Length is %d ERRORevent for non-existent node %s DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11, ERRORPNAC_EVENT_EAPOL_START event received DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERRORPNAC_EVENT_EAPOL_LOGOFF event received DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERRORPNAC_EVENT_REAUTH event received DEBUG No IAPP Node found for req id %d ERRORPNAC_EVENT_AUTH_SUCCESS event received DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERRORPNAC_EVENT_PORT_STATUS_CHANGED event received DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERRORunsupported event %d from PNAC DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) failed ERRORevent for non-existent node %s. Create new node. DEBUG UDP socket is not created ERRORAdd new node to DOT11 Node list DEBUG UDP send failed ERRORUpdate dot11STA database DEBUG IAPP: socket (SOCK_STREAM) failed. ERRORAdd PMKSA to the list DEBUG IAPP: TCP connect failed to %s. ERROReapolRecvAuthKeyMsg: received key message DEBUG cmd %d not supported.sender=%d ERRORnode not found DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) failed ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 263Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceeapolRecvKeyMsg: replay counter not incremented DEBUG IAPP-CACHE-NOTIFY-REQUEST send to ERROReapolRecvKeyMsg: replay counter is not same DEBUG ./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1314: ADP_ERROR ( ERRORprocessing pairwise key message 2 DEBUG BSSID value passed is NULL ERRORRSN IE matching: OK DEBUG reserved requestId is passed ERRORprocessing pairwise key message 4 DEBUG interface name is NULL ERRORprocessing group key message 2 DEBUG IP address value passed is NULL ERRORprocessing key request message from client DEBUG opening receive UDP socket failed ERRORWPA version %2x %2x not supported DEBUG enabling broadcast for UDP socket failed ERROR(%s) group cipher %2x doesn’t match DEBUG opening receive TCP socket for new AP failed ERROR(%s)Pairwise cipher %s not supported DEBUG ./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1784: ADP_ERROR( ERROR(%s) authentication method %d not supported DEBUG ./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1794: ADP_ERROR( ERROR%s:Auth method=%s pairwise cipher=%s IE size=%d DEBUG ./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1803: ADP_ERROR( ERRORWPA version %2x %2x not supported DEBUG failed created dot11dLock. ERRORUnable to obtain IE of type %d DEBUG failed initialize prole library. ERRORPTK state changed from %s to %s DEBUG failed to create cipher contexts. ERRORusing PMKSA from cache DEBUG unable to register to UMI ERRORPTK GK state changed from %s to %s DEBUG could not create MIB tree ERRORGK state changed from %s to %s DEBUG unable to register to PNAC ERRORSending PTK Msg1 DEBUG Max registration attempts by DOT11 to PNAC exceeded ERRORSending PTK Msg3 DEBUG Creation of EAP WPS Prole Failed ERRORSending GTK Msg1 DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d ) failed ERRORsending EAPOL pdu to PNAC... DEBUG DOT11_RX_EAPOL_KEYMSG: unknown ifname %s ERRORcreating pnac authenticator with values %d %d - %s DEBUG cmd %d not supported.sender=%d ERRORProle %s does not exist DEBUG inteface name passed is NULL ERRORIAPP initialized. DEBUG BSSID passed is NULL ERROREncrypting context key=%s for DEBUG inteface name passed is NULL ERRORcould not nd access point context for %s DEBUG unable to allocate memory for DOT11_CTX ERRORjoin event for existing node %s DEBUG unable to install wme mapping on %s ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 264Appendix D - Log Output Referencefailed to send PNAC_FORCE_AUTHORIZED “DEBUG unable to get %s mac address ERRORfailed to send PNAC_AUTHORIZED “ DEBUG Failed to set %s SSID ERRORfailed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_AVAILABLE (TRUE) “ DEBUG Failed to set SSID broadcast status ERRORfailed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_TX_EN (TRUE) “ DEBUG Failed to set PreAuth mode ERRORfailed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_TX_EN (FALSE) “ DEBUG unable to install key ERRORfailed to send PNAC_FORCE_AUTHORIZED “DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_AUTHMODE failed ERRORfailed to send PNAC_AUTHORIZED “ DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_PRIVACY failed ERRORmic verication: OK DEBUG wpaInit failed ERRORpnacIfCong: Invalid supplicant” DEBUG dot11InstallProle: unable to get interface index ERRORFailed to process user request DEBUG adpHmacInit(%s) failed ERRORFailed to process user request - %s(%d) DEBUG interface %s not found ERRORpnacIfCongUmiIoctl: umiIoctl failed DEBUG AP not found on %s ERRORpnacIfCongUmiIoctl: usrPnac returned %d DEBUG keyLen > PNAC_KEY_MAX_SIZE ERRORpnacIfCongUmiIoctl: usrPnac returned %d DEBUG Invalid prole name passed ERRORpnacIfCongUmiIoctl: usrPnac returned %d DEBUG Creation of WPS EAP Prole failed ERRORpnacKernNotier: invalid PAE conguration “ DEBUG unsupported command %d ERRORFrom pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: unsupported response “ DEBUG device %s not found ERRORFrom pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: invalid codes received DEBUG unsupported command %d ERRORFrom pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: received unknown “ DEBUG dot11NodeAlloc failed ERRORFrom pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: invalid codes received DEBUG Getting WPA IE failed for %s ERRORError from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: malloc failed DEBUG Getting WPS IE failed for %s ERRORFrom pnacRadXlateRadPktHandle: received a non-supported” DEBUG Failed initialize authenticator for node %s ERROROnly md5 authentication scheme currently supported. “ DEBUG Failed to get the system up time while adding node %s ERRORMessage from authenticator: DEBUG error creating PNAC port for node %s ERRORfrom pnacPDUXmit: bufsize = %d, pktType = %d,” DEBUG dot11NodeAlloc failed ERRORpnacPDUXmit: sending eap packet. code = %d, “ DEBUG Invalid arguments. ERRORpnacRecvRtn: no corresponding pnac port pae found DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d) failed ERRORsending unicast key DEBUG Invalid IE. ERRORsending broadcast key DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11_VAP,%d ) failed ERRORfrom pnacAuthPAEDisconnected: calling pnacTxCannedFail DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d ,%d) failed ERRORfrom pnacAuthPAEForceUnauth: calling pnacTxCannedFail DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME_CWMIN failed ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 265Appendix D - Log Output Referencestate changed from %s to %s DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME_CWMAX failed ERRORPNAC user comp id not set. dropping event %d DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME_AIFS failed ERRORsending event %d to %d DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:80211_IOC_WME_TXOPLIMIT failed ERRORrequesting keys informantion from %d DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME_ACM failed ERRORpnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: error in getting port pae DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WME failed ERRORpnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: invalid param - %d DEBUG invalid group cipher %d ERRORpnacRecvASInfoMessage: Skey of length %d set DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_MCASTCIPHER failed ERRORpnacRecvASInfoMessage: reAuthPeriod set to: %d DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_MCASTKEYLEN failed ERRORpnacRecvASInfoMessage: suppTimeout set to: %d DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_UCASTCIPHERS failed ERRORPORT SUCCESSFULLY DESTROYED DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_KEYMGTALGS failed ERRORcreating physical port for %s DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_WPA failed ERRORpnacAuthInit: using defualt pnacAuthParams DEBUG unknow cipher type = %d ERRORpnacSuppInit: using defualt pnacSuppParams DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d) failed ERRORError from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ DEBUG invalid media value=%d ERRORError from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ DEBUG invalid mediaOpt value=%d ERRORError from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ DEBUG invalid mode value=%d ERRORError from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ DEBUG dot11PnacIfCreate failed ERRORError from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ DEBUG wpaPRF failed ERRORError from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ DEBUG Error generating global key counter ERRORError from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ DEBUG wpaCalcMic: unsupported key descriptor version ERRORError from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ DEBUG integrity failed. need to stop all stations “ERRORError from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ DEBUG couldn’t nd AP context for %s interface ERRORreceived a pdu on %s DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERRORpnacRecvMapi: protoType: %04x pPhyPort->authToASSendRtn:%p DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERRORport not found DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: unknown descType =%d ERRORfrom pnacRecvMapi: pkt body len = %d, pktType = %d DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: invalid descriptor version ERRORfrom pnacPDUProcess: received PNAC_EAP_PACKET DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: incorrect descriptor version ERRORfrom pnacPDUProcess: currentId = %d DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: Ack must not be set ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 266Appendix D - Log Output Referencefrom pnacPDUProcess: code = %d, identier = %d, “ DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: MIC bit must be set ERRORfrom pnacPDUProcess: setting rxResp true DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: unexpected packet received ERRORfrom pnacPDUProcess: code = %d, identier = %d, “ DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: mic check failed ERRORfrom pnacPDUProcess: received “ DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: rsn ie mismatch ERRORfrom pnacPDUProcess: received “ DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: unexpected packet received ERRORfrom pnacPDUProcess: received PNAC_EAPOL_KEY_PACKET DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: keyDataLength not zero ERRORdoing pnacTxCannedFail DEBUG wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: mic check failed ERRORdoing pnacTxCannedSuccess DEBUG wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: unexpected packet received ERRORdoing pnacTxReqId DEBUG secureBit not set in GTK Msg2 ERRORdoing pnacTxReq DEBUG wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: keyDataLength not zero ERRORdoing pnacTxStart DEBUG wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: mic check failed ERRORdoing pnacTxLogo DEBUG wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: unexpected packet received ERRORdoing pnacTxRspId: 1st cond DEBUG wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: keyDataLength not zero ERRORdoing pnacTxRspId: entering 2nd cond DEBUG wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: mic check failed ERRORfrom pnacTxRspId: code = %d, identier = %d, length = %d, “ DEBUG invalid OUI %x %x %x ERRORdoing pnacTxRspId: 2nd cond DEBUG (%s) invalid OUI %x %x %x ERRORdoing pnacTxRspAuth: 1st cond DEBUG [%s:%d] Cipher in WPA IE : %x ERRORdoing pnacTxRspAuth: 2nd cond DEBUG (%s) invalid OUI %x %x %x ERROR message for unknown port PAE DEBUG short WPA IE (length = %d) received ERRORfrom pnacACToSuppRecvRtn: calling pnacEapPktRecord DEBUG PTK state machine in unknown state. ERRORfrom pnacEapPktRecord: code = %d, identier = %d, “ DEBUG dot11InstallKeys failed ERRORfrom pnacEapPktRecord: received success pkt DEBUG group state machine entered into WPA_AUTH_GTK_INIT ERRORfrom pnacEapPktRecord: received failure pkt DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERRORfrom pnacEapPktRecord: received request pkt DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERRORunknown EAP-code %d DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERRORAuthenticator[%d]: DEBUG aesWrap failed ERRORAuth PAE state = %s DEBUG unknown key descriptor version %d ERRORAuth Reauth state = %s DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERRORBack auth state = %s DEBUG could not initialize AES128ECB ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 267Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceSupplicant[%d]: DEBUG could not initialize AES-128-ECB ERRORSupp Pae state = %s DEBUG MD5 initialization failed ERRORfrom pnacBackAuthFail: calling pnacTxCannedFail DEBUG RC4 framework initialization failed ERROR%s returned ERROR DEBUG PNAC framework initialization failed ERRORpnacUmiIoctlHandler: cmd: %s(%d) DEBUG ERROR: option value not specied ERROR%s not congured for 802.1x DEBUG ERROR: -u can be used only with -s ERRORcould not process PDU received from the wire DEBUG ERROR: user-name not specied ERRORpnacPDUForward: failed to foward the received PDU DEBUG failed to enable debug ERRORCreating PHY port with AUTH backend : %s SendRtn: %p RecvRtn:%p DEBUG [%s]: failed to convert string to MAC “ ERRORpnacUmiAuthCong: %s not congured for 802.1x DEBUG failed to initialize UMI ERRORpnacSuppRegisterUserInfo: not a valid AC DEBUG pnacPhyPortParamSet:invalid arguments ERRORpnacIfCong: autoAuth Enabled DEBUG pnacPhyPortParamSet:Failed to create socket ERRORpnacSendRtn: no pnac port pae found for “ DEBUG Error from pnacPhyPortParamSet:%s-device invalid ERRORsending portStatus: %s[%d] to dot11 DEBUG Error from pnacPhyPortParamSet:%s-Getting MAC address “ ERRORpnacRecvASInfoMessage: Rkey of length %d set DEBUG pnacPhyPortParamSet:Failed to add 802.1X multicast “ ERRORASSendRtn: %p ASToAuthRecv: %p DEBUG pnacIsInterfaceUp: failed to create a raw socket ERRORadpRand failed:unable to generate random unicast key WARN pnacIsInterfaceUp: failed to get interface ags ERRORusing group key as unicast key WARN failed to allocate buer ERRORIntegrity check failed more than once in last 60 secs. WARN UMI initialization failed ERRORMIC failed twice in last 60 secs, taking countermeasures WARN UMI initialization failed ERRORFailed to set dot11 port status WARN Error from pnacEapDemoAuthLibInit: malloc failed ERRORPTK state machine in NO_STATE. WARN Error from pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: received null EAP pkt ERRORPTK state machine in NO_STATE!! WARN Error from pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: send “ ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 268Appendix D - Log Output ReferencePMKSA refcount not 1 WARN Error from pnacRadXlateASAdd: cannot open socket ERRORIV verication failednknown subtype> WARN Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: received null EAP pkt ERRORpnacIfCong: overwriting previous interface “ WARN From pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: send “ ERRORpnacIfCong: overwriting previous “ WARN Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: RADIUS “ ERRORpnacIfCong: overwriting previous username” WARN Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: RADIUS “ ERRORpnacIfCong: overwriting previous password” WARNError from pnacRadXlateRadIdRespSend: send to failedERROR%s: Failed to set port status WARNError from pnacRadXlateRadNonIdRespSend: send to failedERROR%s: Failed to notify event to dot11 WARN Error from pnacRadXlateRadRecvProc: recvfrom failed ERRORpnacLibDeinit: Failed to destroy the phyPort:%s WARN From pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk: no corresponding “ ERRORpnacPortPaeDecong:kpnacPortPaeDecong failed WARNError from pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk: no message “ERRORpnacPortPaeDecong:kpnacPortPaeDecong failed WARN Error from pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk: “ ERRORpnacBackAuthSuccess: failed to notify the destination “ WARN From pnacRadXlateRadChalPktHandle: no encapsulated eap “ ERRORcould not initialize MGMT framework ERRORError from pnacRadXlateRadChalPktHandle: malloc for eap “ERRORumiInit failed ERRORError from pnacEapDemoSuppUserInfoRegister: invalid “ERRORiappInit failed ERROR Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: received null EAP pkt ERRORcould not initialize IAPP MGMT. ERROR Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: send ptr to pnac supplicant” ERRORdot11Malloc failed ERROR From pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: user info not entered yet ERRORbuer length not specied ERROR Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: couldn’t “ ERRORInvalid length(%d) specied ERROR MDString: adpDigestInit for md5 failed ERRORFailed to get information about authorized AP list. ERROR pnacUmiInit: UMI initialization failed ERRORRecd IE data for non-existent AP %s ERROR could not start PNAC task ERRORRecd IE data for wrong AP %s ERROR invalid aruments ERRORReceived Invalid IE data from WSC ERROR pnacIfNameToIndex failed ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 269Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceRecd IE data for non-existent AP %s ERROR pnacPhyPortParamSet: device invalid %s%d ERRORRecd WSC Start command without interface name ERROR pnacPhyPortParamSet: EIOCGADDR ioctl failed ERRORRecd WSC start for non-existent AP %s ERROR pnacPhyPortParamSet: multicast addr add ioctl failed ERRORRecd WSC start for wrong AP %s ERROR pnacPhyPortParamUnset: multicast addr del ioctl failed ERRORUnable to send WSC_WLAN_CMD_PORT to WSC ERROR pnacPDUXmit: Invalid arguments ERRORFailed to get the ap context for %s ERROR pnacPDUXmit: failed to get M_BLK_ID ERRORWPS can only be applied to WPA/WPA2 security proles ERROR from pnacIsInterfaceUp: device %s%d invalid ERRORwpsEnable: running wsccmd failed ERROR pnacRecvRtn: dropping received packet as port is” ERRORFailed to get the ap context for %s ERROR pnacSendRtn: Invalid arguments ERRORWPS conf. under non WPA/WPA2 security setting ERROR pnacSendRtn: no physical port corresponding to” ERRORFailed to reset the Beacon Frame IE in the driver ERROR pnacSendRtn: dropping packet as port” ERRORFailed to reset the Beacon Frame IE in the driver ERROR pnacAuthBuildRC4KeyDesc: adpEncryptInit(RC4) failed ERRORWPS method cannot be NULL ERROR pnacAuthBuildRC4KeyDesc: adpCipherContextCtrl” ERRORPIN value length should be a multiple of 4 !! ERROR pnacDot11UserSet: incorrect buer length ERRORFailed to initiate PIN based association, PIN = %s ERROR PNAC user component id not set. ERRORFailed to initiate PBC based enrolle association ERROR pnacKeyInfoGet:failed to allocate buer ERRORInvalid association mode. (Allowed modes : PIN/PBC) ERROR PNAC user comp id not set. dropping EAPOL key pkt ERRORwpsEnable: running wsccmd failed ERROR pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: invalid buer received ERRORFailed to send QUIT command to WSC from DOT11 ERROR Error from pnacRecvASInfoMessage: “ ERRORFailed to clear o the WPS process ERROR pnacRecvASInfoMessage: “ ERRORmissing prole name ERROR pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Bad info length ERRORA prole exists with the same name ERROR Error from pnacLibInit: malloc failed ERRORError in allocating memory for prole ERROR could not create phy ports lock ERRORmissing prole name ERROR could not create nodes ports lock ERRORmissing prole name ERROR port exists for iface - %s ERRORProle name and interface name must be specied ERROR pnacPhyPortCreate failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR kpnacPhyPortCreate failed ERRORCould not set prole %s on the interface %s ERROR invalid argument ERRORmissing prole name ERROR pnacAuthCong: maxAuth limit reached ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR pnacAuthCong: malloc failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacAuthCong: pAsArg cannot be NULL ERRORSSID should not be longer than %d ERROR Error from pnacAuthCong: receive routine hook “ ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR pnacAuthCong: pnacAuthInit failed ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 270Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceProle %s does not exist ERROR kpnacPortPaeCong failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Invalid arguments ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacSuppCong: malloc failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacSuppCong: receive routine hook “ ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacSuppCong: pnacSuppInit failed ERRORSSID not set. SSID is needed to generate password hash ERROR kpnacPortPaeCong failed ERRORPassword string too big ERROR pnacAuthDecong failed: pPortPae NULL ERRORdot11Malloc failed ERROR Error from pnacPhyPortDestroy: port not congured ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR pnacPhyPortDestroy: Failed to decongure port ERRORHex string should only have %d hex chars ERROR pnacPhyPortParamUnset FAILED ERRORdot11Malloc failed ERROR Error from pnacPhyPortCreate: malloc failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacPhyPortCreate: pnacPhyPortParamSet” ERRORinvalid key index %d. key index should be 0-3. ERROR error from pnacPhyPortCreate: malloc failed ERRORwepKey length incorrect ERROR Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacPortTimersInit failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacAuthPAEInit failed ERRORInvalid Cipher type %d ERROR Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacAuthKeyTxInit failed ERRORProle supports WEP stas,Group cipher must be WEP ERROR Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacReauthTimerInit failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacBackAuthInit failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacCtrlDirInit failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacKeyRecvInit failed ERRORinvalid pairwise cipher type %d ERROR Error from pnacSuppInit: malloc failed ERRORCipher %s is already in the list. ERROR Error from pnacSuppInit: pnacPortTimersInit failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacSuppInit: pnacKeyRecvInit failed ERRORInvalid Cipher type %d ERROR Error from pnacSuppInit: pnacSuppKeyTxInit failed ERRORCipher %s not found in the list. ERROR Error from pnacSuppInit: pnacSuppPAEInit failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacRecvRtn: invalid arguments ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacRecvMapi: unsupported PDU received ERRORAuth method %s is already in the list ERROR suppToACSendRtn returned not OK! ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacBasicPktCreate: malloc failed ERRORAuth method %s not found in the list. ERROR Error from pnacEAPPktCreate: basic pkt create failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacTxCannedFail: eap pkt create failed ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 271Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacTxCannedSuccess: eap pkt create failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacTxReqId: eap pkt create failed ERRORinvalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Error from pnacTxReq: eap pkt create failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacSendRespToServer: malloc failed ERRORinvalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Error from pnacSendRespToServer: no AS congured ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacTxStart: basic pkt create failed ERRORinvalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Error from pnacTxStart: basic pkt create failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacTxRspId: eap pkt create failed ERRORinvalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Error from pnacTxRspAuth: eap pkt create failed ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR Error from pnacEapPktRecord: EAP packet too” ERRORinvalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Error from pnacEapPktRecord: “ ERRORProle %s does not exist ERROR from pnacBackAuthTimeout: calling pnacTxCannedFail ERRORERROR: incomplete DB update information. ERROR hmac_md5: adpHmacContextCreate failed ERRORold values result does not contain 2 rows ERROR hmac_md5:adpHmacInit failed ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacUmiIoctlHandler: invalid cmd: %d ERRORError in executing DB update handler ERROR pnacEapRadAuthSend: Invalid arguments ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacEapRadAuthSend: failed to allocate inbuer ERRORERROR: incomplete DB update information. ERROR pnacXmit : umiIoctl failed[%d] ERRORold values result does not contain 2 rows ERROR pnacPDUForward: Invalid input ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacPDUForward: error in getting port pae information ERRORError in executing DB update handler ERROR pnacPDUForward: error allocating memory ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pnacUmiIfMacAddrChange: %s not congured for 802.1x ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pnacUmiIfMacAddrChange: could not process PDU received” ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pnacUmiPhyPortCong: Invalid cong data ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pnacUmiPhyPortCong: Invalid backend name specied ERRORstartStopVap failed to stop %s ERROR pnacUmiPhyPortCong: could not create PNAC physical” ERRORInvalid SQLITE operation code - %d ERROR pnacUmiAuthCong: Invalid cong data ERROR./src/dot11/mgmt/dot11Mgmt.c:1177: ADP_ERROR ( ERROR pnacUmiAuthCong: Invalid backend name specied ERRORonly delete event expected on dot11RogueAP. ERROR unable to create new EAP context. ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR unable to apply %s prole on the EAP context. ERRORunhandled database operation %d ERROR pnacUmiAuthCong: could not congure PNAC PAE “ ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 272Appendix D - Log Output Referencesqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacUmiSuppCong: Invalid cong data ERRORfailed to congure WPS on %s ERROR pnacUmiSuppCong: Invalid backend name specied ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacUmiSuppCong: %s not congured for 802.1x ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacUmiSuppCong: could not PNAC port Access” ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacUmiSuppCong: Failed to register user information ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacPortByMacDecong: port not found ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacPortByMacDecong: port not found ERRORno VAP rows returned. expected one ERROR pnacUmiIfDown: Invalid cong data ERRORmultiple VAP rows returned. expected one ERROR pnacUmiIfDown: Invalid cong data ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Error from pnacPortDecong: port not congured ERRORinvalid query result. ncols=%d nrows=%d ERROR pnacUmiIfDown: could not de-congure port ERROR%s:VAP(%s) create failed ERROR pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Invalid cong data ERRORsqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Invalid cong data ERRORinvalid query result. ncols=%d nrows=%d ERROR pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Failed to destroy the port ERROR Invalid cong data ERRORFacility: KernelLog Message Severity Log Message SeverityDNAT: multiple ranges no longer supported DEBUG %s: %s%s:%d -> %s:%d %s, DEBUGDNAT: Target size %u wrong for %u ranges, DEBUG %s: %s%s:%d %s, DEBUGDNAT: wrong table %s, tablename DEBUG %s: Failed to add WDS MAC: %s, dev->name, DEBUGDNAT: hook mask 0x%x bad, hook_mask DEBUG %s: Device already has WDS mac address attached, DEBUG%s%d: resetting MPPC/MPPE compressor, DEBUG %s: Added WDS MAC: %s, dev->name, DEBUG%s%d: wrong oset value: %d, DEBUG %s: WDS MAC address %s is not known by this interface, DEBUG%s%d: wrong length of match value: %d, DEBUG [madwi] %s() : Not enough space., __FUNCTION__ DEBUG%s%d: too big oset value: %d, DEBUG Returning to chan %d, ieeeChan DEBUG%s%d: cannot decode oset value, DEBUG WEP DEBUG%s%d: wrong length code: 0x%X, DEBUG AES DEBUG%s%d: short packet (len=%d), __FUNCTION__, DEBUG AES_CCM DEBUG%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG CKIP DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 273Appendix D - Log Output Reference%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG TKIP DEBUGPPPIOCDETACH le->f_count=%d, DEBUG %s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u ags 0x%x, DEBUGPPP: outbound frame not passed DEBUG %s: %s, vap->iv_dev->name, buf DEBUGPPP: VJ decompression error DEBUG %s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUGPPP: inbound frame not passed DEBUG %s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, ether_sprintf(mac), buf DEBUGPPP: reconstructed packet DEBUG [%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUGPPP: no memory for DEBUG [%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG missed pkts %u..%u, DEBUG [%s:%s] discard %s information element, %s, DEBUG%s%d: resetting MPPC/MPPE compressor, DEBUG [%s:%s] discard information element, %s, DEBUG%s%d: wrong oset value: %d, DEBUG [%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG%s%d: wrong length of match value: %d, DEBUG [%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG%s%d: too big oset value: %d, DEBUG ifmedia_add: null ifm DEBUG%s%d: cannot decode oset value, DEBUG Adding entry for DEBUG%s%d: wrong length code: 0x%X, DEBUG ifmedia_set: no match for 0x%x/0x%x, DEBUG%s%d: short packet (len=%d), __FUNCTION__, DEBUG ifmedia_set: target DEBUG%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG ifmedia_set: setting to DEBUG%s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG ifmedia_ioctl: no media found for 0x%x, DEBUGPPPIOCDETACH le->f_count=%d, DEBUG ifmedia_ioctl: switching %s to , dev->name DEBUGPPP: outbound frame not passed DEBUG ifmedia_match: multiple match for DEBUGPPP: VJ decompression error DEBUG <unknown type> DEBUGPPP: inbound frame not passed DEBUG desc->ifmt_string DEBUGPPP: reconstructed packet DEBUG mode %s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUGPPP: no memory for DEBUG <unknown subtype> DEBUG missed pkts %u..%u, DEBUG %s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUG%s: INC_USE_COUNT, now %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count \ DEBUG %s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG%s: DEC_USE_COUNT, now %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count \ DEBUG %s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUGPPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, DEBUG %s, seen_option ? > : DEBUGPPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG %s: %s, dev->name, buf DEBUGPPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG %s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__ DEBUG%s: recv: , tunnel->name DEBUG %s: no memory for VAP name!, __func__ DEBUG%s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG %s: failed to register sysctls!, vap->iv_dev->name DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 274Appendix D - Log Output Reference%s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG %s: no memory for new proc entry (%s)!, __func__, DEBUG%s: module use_count is %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUGPPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, DEBUG %03d:, i DEBUGPPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG %02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i] DEBUGPPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG rst dierence at byte %u, i DEBUG%s: recv: , tunnel->name DEBUG %s: , t->name DEBUG%s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG%s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUGPPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, DEBUG FAIL: unable to allocate skbu DEBUGPPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG FAIL: wep decap failed DEBUGPPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; length mismatch DEBUG%s: recv: , tunnel->name DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; data does not compare DEBUG%s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG FAIL: wep encap failed DEBUG%s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG FAIL: encap data length mismatch DEBUGIRQ 31 is triggered DEBUG FAIL: encrypt data does not compare DEBUG[%s:%d] , __func__, __LINE__\ DEBUG PASS DEBUG\t[R%s %#0x %#0x 0x%08x%08x], (status == ERROR ? # : ), page, addr, (uint32_t)(*pValue >> 32), (uint32_t)(*pValue & 0x)DEBUG %u of %u 802.11i WEP test vectors passed, pass, total DEBUG\t[W%s %#0x %#0x 0x%08x%08x], (status == ERROR ? # : ), page, addr, (uint32_t)(value >> 32), (uint32_t)(value & 0x)DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUG%s: mac_add %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]DEBUG %03d:, i DEBUG%s: mac_del %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]DEBUG %02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i] DEBUG%s: mac_kick %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]DEBUG rst dierence at byte %u, i DEBUG%s: mac_undened %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]DEBUG %s: , t->name DEBUG%s: addr_add %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG%s: addr_del %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUG%s: mac_undened %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev->name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5]DEBUG FAIL: unable to allocate skbu DEBUG%s: set_oat %d;%d, DEBUG FAIL: ccmp encap failed DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 275Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceIRQ 32 is triggered DEBUG FAIL: encap data length mismatch DEBUGip_nish_output2: No header cache and no neighbour! DEBUG FAIL: encrypt data does not compare DEBUGa guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG FAIL: ccmp decap failed DEBUGicmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; length mismatch DEBUGexpire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; data does not compare DEBUGexpire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG PASS DEBUGrt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG %u of %u 802.11i AES-CCMP test vectors passed, pass, total DEBUGrt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUGip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG %03d:, i DEBUGip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG %02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i] DEBUGudp cork app bug 2) DEBUG rst dierence at byte %u, i DEBUGudp cork app bug 3) DEBUG ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUGudp v4 hw csum failure.) DEBUG ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUGUDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u %d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u, DEBUG unable to allocate skbu DEBUGUDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to %d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d, DEBUG tkip enmic failed DEBUG%s: lookup policy [list] found=%s, DEBUG enmic botch; length mismatch DEBUG%s: called: [output START], __FUNCTION__ DEBUG enmic botch DEBUG%s: ow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(->4_dst, family) DEBUG tkip encap failed DEBUG%s: ow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(->4_src, family) DEBUG encrypt phase1 botch DEBUG%s: ow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(->6_dst, family) DEBUG encrypt data length mismatch DEBUG%s: ow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(->6_src, family) DEBUG encrypt data does not compare DEBUGa guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG tkip decap failed DEBUGicmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG decrypt phase1 botch DEBUGexpire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG decrypt data does not compare DEBUGexpire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG decap botch; length mismatch DEBUGrt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG decap botch; data does not compare DEBUGrt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG tkip demic failed DEBUGip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG 802.11i TKIP test vectors passed DEBUGip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG %s, buf DEBUGUDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u %d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u, DEBUG Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 276Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceUDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to %d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d, DEBUG ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logle, DEBUGa guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG ath_hal: logging disabled DEBUGb_add_ifaddr: bug: prim == NULL DEBUG %s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i] DEBUGb_del_ifaddr: bug: prim == NULL DEBUG ath_pci: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUGexpire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ DEBUGexpire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG %s: Warning, using only %u entries in %u key cache, DEBUGrt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG %s: TX99 support enabled, dev->name DEBUGrt_bind_peer(0) @%p, DEBUG %s:grppoll Buf allocation failed ,__func__ DEBUGip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG %s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUGip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG %s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG%s: lookup policy [list] found=%s, DEBUG %s: no skbu, __func__ DEBUG%s: called: [output START], __FUNCTION__ DEBUG %s: hardware error; resetting, dev->name DEBUG%s: ow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(->4_dst, family) DEBUG %s: rx FIFO overrun; resetting, dev->name DEBUG%s: ow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(->4_src, family) DEBUG %s: unable to reset hardware: ‘%s’ (HAL status %u) DEBUG%s: ow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(->6_dst, family) DEBUG %s: unable to start recv logic, dev->name DEBUG%s: ow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(->6_src, family) DEBUG %s: %s: unable to reset hardware: ‘%s’ (HAL status %u), DEBUGa guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG %s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUGicmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG ath_mgtstart: discard, no xmit buf DEBUGexpire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG %s: [%02u] %-7s , tag, ix, ciphers[hk->kv_type] DEBUGexpire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG %02x, hk->kv_val[i] DEBUGrt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG mac %s, ether_sprintf(mac) DEBUGrt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG %s , sc->sc_splitmic ? mic : rxmic DEBUGip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG %02x, hk->kv_mic[i] DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 277Appendix D - Log Output Referenceip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG txmic DEBUGUDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u %d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u, DEBUG %02x, hk->kv_txmic[i] DEBUGUDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to %d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d, DEBUG %s: unable to update h/w beacon queue parameters, DEBUGREJECT: ECHOREPLY no longer supported. DEBUG %s: stuck beacon; resetting (bmiss count %u), DEBUGipt_rpc: only valid for PRE_ROUTING, FORWARD, POST_ROUTING, LOCAL_IN and/or LOCAL_OUT targets.DEBUG move data from NORMAL to XR DEBUGip_nat_init: can’t setup rules. DEBUG moved %d buers from NORMAL to XR, index DEBUGip_nat_init: can’t register in hook. DEBUG move buers from XR to NORMAL DEBUGip_nat_init: can’t register out hook. DEBUG moved %d buers from XR to NORMAL, count DEBUGip_nat_init: can’t register adjust in hook. DEBUG %s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__ DEBUGip_nat_init: can’t register adjust out hook. DEBUG %s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__ DEBUGip_nat_init: can’t register local out hook. DEBUG %s: no buer (%s), dev->name, __func__ DEBUGip_nat_init: can’t register local in hook. DEBUG %s: no skbu (%s), dev->name, __func__ DEBUGipt_hook: happy cracking. DEBUG %s: HAL qnum %u out of range, max %u!, DEBUGip_conntrack: can’t register pre-routing defrag hook. DEBUG grppoll_start: grppoll Buf allocation failed DEBUGip_conntrack: can’t register local_out defrag hook. DEBUG %s: HAL qnum %u out of range, max %u!, DEBUGip_conntrack: can’t register pre-routing hook. DEBUG %s: AC %u out of range, max %u!, DEBUGip_conntrack: can’t register local out hook. DEBUG %s: unable to update hardware queue DEBUGip_conntrack: can’t register local in helper hook. DEBUG %s: bogus frame type 0x%x (%s), dev->name, DEBUGip_conntrack: can’t register postrouting helper hook. DEBUG ath_stoprecv: rx queue 0x%x, link %p, DEBUGip_conntrack: can’t register post-routing hook. DEBUG %s: %s: unable to reset channel %u (%u MHz) DEBUGip_conntrack: can’t register local in hook. DEBUG %s: %s: unable to restart recv logic, DEBUGip_conntrack: can’t register to sysctl. DEBUG %s: unable to allocate channel table, dev->name DEBUGip_conntrack_rtsp v IP_NF_RTSP_VERSION loading DEBUG %s: unable to allocate channel table, dev->name DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 278Appendix D - Log Output Referenceip_conntrack_rtsp: max_outstanding must be a positive integer DEBUG %s: unable to collect channel list from HAL; DEBUGip_conntrack_rtsp: setup_timeout must be a positive integer DEBUG R (%p %llx) %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %c, DEBUGip_conntrack_rtsp: ERROR registering port %d, ports[i] DEBUG T (%p %llx) %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %c, DEBUGip_nat_rtsp v IP_NF_RTSP_VERSION loading DEBUG %s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__ DEBUG%s: Sorry! Cannot nd this match option., __FILE__ DEBUG %s: no memory for device name storage!, __func__ DEBUGipt_time loading DEBUG %s: failed to register sysctls!, sc->sc_dev->name DEBUGipt_time unloaded DEBUG %s: mac %d.%d phy %d.%d, dev->name, DEBUGip_conntrack_irc: max_dcc_channels must be a positive integer DEBUG 5 GHz radio %d.%d 2 GHz radio %d.%d, DEBUGip_conntrack_irc: ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG radio %d.%d, ah->ah_analog5GhzRev >> 4, DEBUGip_nat_h323: ip_nat_mangle_tcp_packet DEBUG radio %d.%d, ah->ah_analog5GhzRev >> 4, DEBUGip_nat_h323: ip_nat_mangle_udp_packet DEBUG %s: Use hw queue %u for %s trac, DEBUGip_nat_h323: out of expectations DEBUG %s: Use hw queue %u for CAB trac, dev->name, DEBUGip_nat_h323: out of RTP ports DEBUG %s: Use hw queue %u for beacons, dev->name, DEBUGip_nat_h323: out of TCP ports DEBUG Could not nd Board Conguration Data DEBUGip_nat_q931: out of TCP ports DEBUG Could not nd Radio Conguration data DEBUGip_nat_ras: out of TCP ports DEBUG ath_ahb: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUGip_nat_q931: out of TCP ports DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ DEBUGip_conntrack_core: Frag of proto %u., DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ DEBUGBroadcast packet! DEBUG xlr8NatIpFinishOutput: Err.. skb2 == NULL ! DEBUGShould bcast: %u.%u.%u.%u->%u.%u.%u.%u (sk=%p, ptype=%u), DEBUG xlr8NatSoftCtxEnqueue: Calling xlr8NatIpFinishOutput () .., status DEBUGip_conntrack version %s (%u buckets, %d max) DEBUGxlr8NatSoftCtxEnqueue: xlr8NatIpFinishOutput () returned [%d], statusDEBUGERROR registering port %d, DEBUG icmpExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUGnetlter PSD loaded - (c) astaro AG DEBUG fragExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 279Appendix D - Log Output Referencenetlter PSD unloaded - (c) astaro AG DEBUG algExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG%s , SELF DEBUG dnsExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG%s , LAN DEBUG IPsecExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG%s , WAN DEBUG ESP Packet Src:%x Dest:%x Sport:%d dport:%d secure:%d spi:%d isr:%p, DEBUGTRUNCATED DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: We found the valid context, DEBUGSRC=%u.%u.%u.%u DST=%u.%u.%u.%u , DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: Not a secured packet. DEBUGLEN=%u TOS=0x%02X PREC=0x%02X TTL=%u ID=%u , DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: isr=[%p], pIsr DEBUGFRAG:%u , ntohs(ih->frag_o) & IP_OFFSET DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: secure=[%d], secure DEBUGTRUNCATED DEBUG Context found for ESP %p,pFlowEntry->post.pIsr[0] DEBUGPROTO=TCP DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: New connection. DEBUGINCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPostHook: postSecure=[%d] postIsr=[%p %p], DEBUGSPT=%u DPT=%u , DEBUG proto %d spi %d <-------> proto %d spi %d,pPktInfo->proto,pPktInfo->spi, DEBUGSEQ=%u ACK=%u , DEBUG IPSEC_INF Clock skew detected DEBUGWINDOW=%u , ntohs(th->window) DEBUG IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: Max (%d) No of SA Limit reached, DEBUGRES=0x%02x , (u8)(ntohl(tcp_ag_word(th) & TCP_RESERVED_BITS) >> 22) DEBUG IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: Max (%d) No of SA Limit reached, DEBUGURGP=%u , ntohs(th->urg_ptr) DEBUG IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: time(secs): %u DEBUGTRUNCATED DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG%02X, op[i] DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGPROTO=UDP DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGINCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGSPT=%u DPT=%u LEN=%u , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGSPT=%u DPT=%u LEN=%u , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGPROTO=ICMP DEBUG unknown oid ‘%s’, varName DEBUGINCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG could not nd oid pointer for ‘%s’, varName DEBUGTYPE=%u CODE=%u , ich->type, ich->code DEBUG unRegistering IPsecMib ..... DEBUGINCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGID=%u SEQ=%u , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 280Appendix D - Log Output ReferencePARAMETER=%u , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGGATEWAY=%u.%u.%u.%u , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGMTU=%u , ntohs(ich->un.frag.mtu) DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGPROTO=AH DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUGINCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG unknown oid ‘%s’, varName DEBUGSPI=0x%x , ntohl(ah->spi) DEBUG could not nd oid pointer for ‘%s’, varName DEBUGPROTO=ESP DEBUG unRegistering IPsecMib ..... DEBUGINCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG . %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUGSPI=0x%x , ntohl(eh->spi) DEBUG %02x, *p DEBUGPROTO=%u , ih->protocol DEBUG . %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUGUID=%u , skb->sk->sk_socket->le->f_uid DEBUG %02x, *p DEBUG<%d>%sIN=%s OUT=%s , loginfo->u.log.level, DEBUG . %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUGlevel_string DEBUG %02x, *p DEBUG%sIN=%s OUT=%s , DEBUG . %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) DEBUG%s , prex == NULL ? loginfo->prex : prex DEBUG %02x, *p DEBUG IN= DEBUG unable to register vIPsec kernel comp to UMI DEBUG OUT= DEBUG unregistering VIPSECK from UMI .... DEBUGPHYSIN=%s , physindev->name DEBUG in vIPsecKIoctlHandler cmd - %d, cmd DEBUGPHYSOUT=%s , physoutdev->name DEBUG %s: Error. DST Refcount value less than 1 (%d), DEBUGMAC= DEBUG for %s DEVICE refcnt: %d ,pDst->dev->name, DEBUG%02x%c, *p, DEBUG %s: Got Null m:%p *m:%p sa:%p *sa:%p,__func__,ppBufMgr, DEBUGNAT: no longer support implicit source local NAT DEBUG %s Got Deleted SA:%p state:%d,__func__,pIPsecInfo,pIPsecInfo->state DEBUGNAT: packet src %u.%u.%u.%u -> dst %u.%u.%u.%u, DEBUG %s: %s: fmt, __FILE__, __FUNCTION__ , ## args) INFOSNAT: multiple ranges no longer supported DEBUG %s: %s: fmt, __FILE__, __FUNCTION__ , ## args) INFOformat,##args) DEBUG ipt_TIME: format, ## args) INFOversion DEBUGIPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() wrong parameters (not equals existing table parameters).INFOoset_before=%d, oset_after=%d, correction_pos=%u, x->oset_before, x->oset_after, x->correction_posDEBUG IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() too big netmask. INFOip_ct_h323: DEBUGIPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to allocate %zu for new table %s., sizeof(struct t_ipt_account_table), info->nameINFOip_ct_h323: incomplete TPKT (fragmented?) DEBUG IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() wrong network/netmask. INFOip_ct_h245: decoding error: %s, DEBUGaccount: Wrong netmask given by netmask parameter (%i). Valid is 32 to 0., netmaskINFOip_ct_h245: packet dropped DEBUG IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to create procfs entry. INFOip_ct_q931: decoding error: %s, DEBUG IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to register match. INFOip_ct_q931: packet dropped DEBUG failed to create procfs entry . INFOip_ct_ras: decoding error: %s, DEBUG MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module registered INFO
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 281Appendix D - Log Output Referenceip_ct_ras: packet dropped DEBUG MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module unregistered INFOERROR registering port %d, DEBUG PPP generic driver version PPP_VERSION INFOERROR registering port %d, DEBUG MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module registered INFOipt_connlimit [%d]: src=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d dst=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d %s, DEBUG MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module unregistered INFOipt_connlimit [%d]: src=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d dst=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d new, DEBUG PPP generic driver version PPP_VERSION INFOipt_connlimit: Oops: invalid ct state ? DEBUG PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, INFOipt_connlimit: Hmm, kmalloc failed :-( DEBUG PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, INFOipt_connlimit: src=%u.%u.%u.%u mask=%u.%u.%u.%u DEBUG PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, INFO_lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args DEBUG failed to create procfs entry . INFO %02X, ptr[length] DEBUG proc dir not created .. INFO %02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_base)[j] DEBUG Initialzing Product Data modules INFO %02X, skb->data[i] DEBUG De initializing by \ INFO_lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args DEBUG kernel UMI module loaded INFO %02X, ptr[length] DEBUG kernel UMI module unloaded INFO %02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_base)[j] DEBUG Loading bridge module INFO %02X, skb->data[i] DEBUG Unloading bridge module INFO_lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args DEBUG unsupported command %d, cmd INFO %02X, ptr[length] DEBUG Loading ifDev module INFO %02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_base)[j] DEBUG Unloading ifDev module INFO %02X, skb->data[i] DEBUG ERROR#%d in alloc_chrdev_region, result INFOKERN_EMERG THE value read is %d,value*/ DEBUG ERROR#%d in cdev_add, result INFOKERN_EMERG Factory Reset button is pressed DEBUG using bcm switch %s, bcmswitch INFOKERN_EMERG Returing error in INTR registration DEBUG privlegedID %d wanporttNo: %d, privlegedID,wanportNo INFOKERN_EMERG Initialzing Factory defaults modules DEBUG Loading mii INFOFailed to allocate memory for pSipListNode DEBUG Unloading mii INFOSIPALG: Memeory allocation failed for pSipNodeEntryTbl DEBUG %s: Version 0.1 INFOpkt-err %s, pktInfo.error DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFOpkt-err %s, pktInfo.error DEBUG wlan: %s backend registered, be->iab_name INFOpkt-err %s, pktInfo.error DEBUG wlan: %s backend unregistered, INFO%s Len=%d, msg, len DEBUG wlan: %s acl policy registered, iac->iac_name INFO%02x , ((uint8_t *) ptr)[i] DEBUG wlan: %s acl policy unregistered, iac->iac_name INFOEnd DEBUG %s, tmpbuf INFOCVM_MOD_EXP_BASE MISMATCH cmd=%x base=%x, cmd, DEBUG VLAN2 INFOop->sizeofptr = %ld, op->sizeofptr DEBUG VLAN3 INFOopcode cmd = %x, cmd DEBUG VLAN4 <%d %d>, INFOmodexp opcode received DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFOMemory Allocation failed DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFOmodexpcrt opcode received DEBUG %s, buf INFOkmalloc failed DEBUG %s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFOkmalloc failed DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFOkmalloc failed DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d hw_base=0x%p, INFOkmalloc failed DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFOkmalloc Failed DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 282Appendix D - Log Output Referencekmalloc failed DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFOunknown cyrpto ioctl cmd received %x, cmd DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFOregister_chrdev returned ZERO DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFOconst char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) { DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFOF password, &pdata DEBUG %s, buf INFO test key, key DEBUG %s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFO pre-hashed key, key DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFOconst char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) { DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFOAES 128-bit key, &key DEBUG %s: Version 2.0.0 INFOconst char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) { DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO test key, key DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO pre-hashed key, key DEBUG wlan: %s backend registered, be->iab_name INFOconst char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) { DEBUG wlan: %s backend unregistered, INFO128-bit AES key,&dk DEBUG wlan: %s acl policy registered, iac->iac_name INFO256-bit AES key, &dk DEBUG wlan: %s acl policy unregistered, iac->iac_name INFOWARNING: DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFObwMonMultipathNxtHopSelect:: checking rates DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFOhop :%d dev:%s usableBwLimit = %d currBwShare = %d lastHopSelected = %d weightedHopPrefer = %d ,DEBUG %s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFO1. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO4. hop :%d dev:%s usableBwLimit = %d currBwShare = %d lastHopSelected = %d weightedHopPrefer = %d ,DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO2. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 283Appendix D - Log Output Reference3. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFObwMonitor multipath selection enabled DEBUG ath_pci: switching rfkill capability %s, INFObwMonitor multipath selection disabled DEBUG Unknown autocreate mode: %s, INFOweightedHopPrefer set to %d ,weightedHopPrefer DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFObwMonitor sysctl registration failed DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFObwMonitor sysctl registered DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFObwMonitor sysctl not registered DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFOUnregistered bwMonitor sysctl DEBUG %s: unloaded, dev_info INFOCONFIG_SYSCTL enabled ... DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFOInitialized bandwidth monitor ... DEBUG %s: unloaded, dev_info INFORemoved bandwidth monitor ... DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFOOops.. AES_GCM_encrypt failed (keylen:%u),key->cvm_keylen DEBUG %s: unloaded, dev_info INFOOops.. AES_GCM_decrypt failed (keylen:%u),key->cvm_keylen DEBUG failed to create procfs entry . INFO%s, msg DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: INFO%02x%s, data[i], DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source INFOFailed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from INFOFailed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about INFOAES %s Encrypt Test Duration: %d:%d, hard ? Hard : Soft, DEBUG IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes, INFOFailed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG source route option %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, INFOFailed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: INFOAES %s Decrypt Test Duration: %d:%d, hard ? Hard : Soft, DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source INFOFailed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from INFOFailed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about INFOFailed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes, INFOFailed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG source route option %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, INFO
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 284Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceFailed to set DES encrypt key[%d], i DEBUG Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from INFOFailed to set DES decrypt key[%d], i DEBUG Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about INFOFailed to set DES encrypt key[%d], i DEBUG source route option INFOFailed to set DES decrypt key[%d], i DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: INFOFailed to set DES encrypt key DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source INFOFailed to set DES decrypt key DEBUG Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from INFOFailed to set DES encrypt key DEBUG Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about INFOFailed to set DES decrypt key DEBUG IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes, INFOAES Software Test: DEBUG source route option %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, INFOAES Software Test %s, aesSoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG IPsec: device unregistering: %s, dev->name INFOAES Hardware Test: DEBUG IPsec: device down: %s, dev->name INFOAES Hardware Test %s, aesHardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG mark: only supports 32bit mark WARNING3DES Software Test: DEBUG ipt_time: invalid argument WARNING3DES Software Test %s, des3SoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG ipt_time: IPT_DAY didn’t matched WARNING3DES Hardware Test: DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:45:KERN_WARNING WARNING3DES Hardware Test %s, des3HardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:59:KERN_WARNING WARNINGDES Software Test: DEBUG ipt_LOG: not logging via system console WARNINGDES Software Test %s, desSoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG %s: wrong options length: %u, fname, opt_len WARNINGDES Hardware Test: DEBUG %s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x, WARNINGDES Hardware Test %s, desHardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG %s: wrong options length: %u, WARNINGSHA Software Test: DEBUG %s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x, WARNINGSHA Software Test %s, shaSoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG %s: don’t know what to do: o[5]=%02x, WARNINGSHA Hardware Test: DEBUG %s: wrong options length: %u, fname, opt_len WARNINGSHA Hardware Test %s, shaHardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG %s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x, WARNINGMD5 Software Test: DEBUG %s: wrong options length: %u, WARNINGMD5 Software Test %s, md5SoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG %s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x, WARNINGMD5 Hardware Test: DEBUG %s: don’t know what to do: o[5]=%02x, WARNINGMD5 Hardware Test %s, md5HardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG *** New port %d ***, ntohs(expinfo->natport) WARNINGAES Software Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG ** skb len %d, dlen %d,(*pskb)->len, WARNINGAES Software Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG ********** Non linear skb WARNINGAES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG End of sdp %p, nexthdr WARNINGAES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG %s: unknown pairwise cipher %d, WARNING3DES Software Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: unknown group cipher %d, WARNING3DES Software Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG %s: unknown SIOCSIWAUTH ag %d, WARNING3DES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: unknown SIOCGIWAUTH ag %d, WARNING3DES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG %s: unknown algorithm %d, WARNINGDES Software Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: key size %d is too large, WARNINGDES Software Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG try_module_get failed \ WARNINGDES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: request_irq failed, dev->name WARNING
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 285Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceDES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG try_module_get failed WARNINGSHA Software Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG try_module_get failed \ WARNINGSHA Software Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG %s: unknown pairwise cipher %d, WARNINGSHA Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: unknown group cipher %d, WARNINGSHA Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG %s: unknown SIOCSIWAUTH ag %d, WARNINGMD5 Software Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: unknown SIOCGIWAUTH ag %d, WARNINGMD5 Software Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG %s: unknown algorithm %d, WARNINGMD5 Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG %s: key size %d is too large, WARNINGMD5 Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DEBUG unable to load %s, scan_modnames[mode] WARNING./pnac/src/pnac/linux/kernel/xcalibur.c:209:#dene DEBUG_PRINTK printk DEBUG Failed to mkdir /proc/net/madwi WARNINGbcmDeviceInit: registration failed DEBUG try_module_get failed WARNINGbcmDeviceInit: pCdev Add failed DEBUG %s: request_irq failed, dev->name WARNING REG Size == 8 Bit DEBUG too many virtual ap’s (already got %d), sc->sc_nvaps WARNING Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x DEBUG %s: request_irq failed, dev->name WARNING REG Size == 16 Bit DEBUG rix %u (%u) bad ratekbps %u mode %u, WARNING Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x DEBUG cix %u (%u) bad ratekbps %u mode %u, WARNING REG Size == 32 Bit DEBUG %s: no rates for %s?, WARNING Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x DEBUG no rates yet! mode %u, sc->sc_curmode WARNING REG Size == 64 Bit DEBUG %u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNING REG Size is not in 8/16/32/64 DEBUG dst cache overow WARNING Written Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x DEBUG Neighbour table overow. WARNINGbcm_ioctl :Unknown Ioctl Case : DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING=========Register Dump for Port Number # %d=========,port DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING%s : Read Status=%s data=%#x,regName[j], DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING%s : Read Status=%s data=%#x,regName[j], DEBUG ll header: WARNINGpowerDeviceInit: device registration failed DEBUG %u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNINGpowerDeviceInit: adding device failed DEBUG dst cache overow WARNING%s: Error: Big jump in pn number. TID=%d, from %x %x to %x %x. DEBUG Neighbour table overow. WARNING%s: The MIC is corrupted. Drop this frame., __func__ DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING%s: The MIC is OK. Still use this frame and update PN., __func__ DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNINGADDBA send failed: recipient is not a 11n node DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNINGCannot Set Rate: %x, value DEBUG ll header: WARNINGGetting Rate Series: %x,vap->iv_xed_rate.series DEBUG %u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNINGGetting Retry Series: %x,vap->iv_xed_rate.retries DEBUG dst cache overow WARNINGIC Name: %s,ic->ic_dev->name DEBUG Neighbour table overow. WARNING
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 286Appendix D - Log Output Referenceusage: rtparams rt_idx <0|1> per <0..100> probe_intval <0..100> DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNINGusage: acparams ac <0|3> RTS <0|1> aggr scaling <0..4> min mbps <0..250> DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNINGusage: hbrparams ac <2> enable <0|1> per_low <0..50> DEBUG ll header: WARNING%s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG %u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNING%s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG dst cache overow WARNING%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG Neighbour table overow. WARNING%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNINGAddba status IDLE DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING%s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING%s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG ll header: WARNINGError in ADD- no node available DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_list ERROR%s(): Channel capabilities do not match, chan ags 0x%x, DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_hash ERROR%s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u ags 0x%x, DEBUG ip_conntrack_in: Frag of proto %u (hook=%u), ERRORic_get_currentCountry not initialized yet DEBUG Unable to register netlter socket option ERRORCountry ie is %c%c%c, DEBUG Unable to create ip_conntrack_hash ERROR%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_conntrack slab cache ERROR%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_expect slab cache ERROR%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_iptreeb slab cache ERROR%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_iptreed slab cache ERROR%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for %scompressor, fname, ERROR%s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, ERRORieee80211_deliver_l2uf: no buf available DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, ERROR%s: %s, vap->iv_dev->name, buf /* NB: no */ DEBUG %s: cannot load ARC4 module, fname ERROR%s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG %s: cannot load SHA1 module, fname ERROR%s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, ether_sprintf(mac), buf DEBUG %s: CryptoAPI SHA1 digest size too small, fname ERROR[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for SHA1 digest, fname ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 287Appendix D - Log Output Reference[%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR[%s:%s] discard %s information element, %s, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR[%s:%s] discard information element, %s, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR[%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG %s%d: too big uncompressed packet: %d, ERROR[%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG %s%d: encryption negotiated but not an ERRORHBR list dumpNode\tAddress\t\t\tState\tTrigger\tBlock DEBUG %s%d: error - not an MPPC or MPPE frame ERRORNodes informationAddress\t\t\tBlock\t\tDroped VI frames DEBUG Kernel doesn’t provide ARC4 and/or SHA1 algorithms ERROR%d\t %2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x\t%s\t%s\t%s, DEBUG PPP: not interface or channel?? ERROR%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x\t%s\t\t%d, DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ compressor) ERROR[%d]\tFunction\t%s, j, ni->node_trace[i].funcp DEBUG failed to register PPP device (%d), err ERROR[%d]\tMacAddr\t%s, j, DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ comp pkt) ERROR[%d]\tDescp\t\t%s, j, ni->node_trace[i].descp DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt) ERROR[%d]\tValue\t\t%llu(0x%llx), j, ni->node_trace[i].value, DEBUG ppp: compressor dropped pkt ERRORifmedia_add: null ifm DEBUG PPP: no memory (fragment) ERRORAdding entry for DEBUG PPP: VJ uncompressed error ERRORifmedia_set: no match for 0x%x/0x%x, DEBUG ppp_decompress_frame: no memory ERRORifmedia_set: target DEBUG ppp_mp_reconstruct bad seq %u < %u, ERRORifmedia_set: setting to DEBUG PPP: couldn’t register device %s (%d), ERRORifmedia_ioctl: switching %s to , dev->name DEBUG ppp: destroying ppp struct %p but dead=%d ERRORifmedia_match: multiple match for DEBUG ppp: destroying undead channel %p !, ERROR<unknown type> DEBUG PPP: removing module but units remain! ERRORdesc->ifmt_string DEBUG PPP: failed to unregister PPP device ERROR mode %s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for %scompressor, fname, ERROR <unknown subtype> DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, ERROR %s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, ERROR%s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG %s: cannot load ARC4 module, fname ERROR%s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG %s: cannot load SHA1 module, fname ERROR%s, seen_option ? > : DEBUG %s: CryptoAPI SHA1 digest size too small, fname ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 288Appendix D - Log Output Reference%s: %s, dev->name, buf DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for SHA1 digest, fname ERROR%s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__ DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR%s: failed to register sysctls!, vap->iv_dev->name DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERRORAtheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERRORath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logle, DEBUG %s%d: too big uncompressed packet: %d, ERRORath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG %s%d: encryption negotiated but not an ERROR%s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i] DEBUG %s%d: error - not an MPPC or MPPE frame ERRORath_pci: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUG Kernel doesn’t provide ARC4 and/or SHA1 algorithms ERROR---:%d pri:%d qd:%u ad:%u sd:%u tot:%u amp:%d %02x:%02x:%02x, DEBUG PPP: not interface or channel?? ERRORSC Pushbutton Notify on %s::%s,dev->name,vap->iv_dev->name DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ compressor) ERRORCould not nd Board Conguration Data DEBUG failed to register PPP device (%d), err ERRORCould not nd Radio Conguration data DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt) ERROR%s: No device, __func__ DEBUG ppp: compressor dropped pkt ERRORath_ahb: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ comp pkt) ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s:proc_dointvec failed, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt) ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s:proc_dointvec failed, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: no memory (fragment) ERROR%s: failed to register sysctls!, proc_name DEBUG PPP: VJ uncompressed error ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s: proc_mkdir failed, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG ppp_decompress_frame: no memory ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s: pktlog_attach failed for %s, DEBUG ppp_mp_reconstruct bad seq %u < %u, ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: couldn’t register device %s (%d), ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG ppp: destroying ppp struct %p but dead=%d ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s: create_proc_entry failed for %s, DEBUG ppp: destroying undead channel %p !, ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s: sysctl register failed for %s, DEBUG PPP: removing module but units remain! ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s: page fault out of range, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: failed to unregister PPP device ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s: page fault out of range, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG JBD: bad block at oset %u, ERRORPKTLOG_TAG %s: Log buer unavailable, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG JBD: corrupted journal superblock ERRORPKTLOG_TAG DEBUG JBD: bad block at oset %u, ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 289Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceLogging should be disabled before changing bufer size DEBUG JBD: Failed to read block at oset %u, ERROR%s:allocation failed for pl_info, __func__ DEBUG JBD: error %d scanning journal, err ERROR%s: Unable to allocate buer, __func__ DEBUG JBD: IO error %d recovering block ERROR%s:allocation failed for pl_info, __func__ DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:303:KERN_ERR ERROR%s: Unable to allocate buer, __func__ DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:304:KERN_ERR ERRORAtheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG JBD: recovery pass %d ended at ERRORath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logle, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \ ERRORath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \ ERROR%s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i] DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg->msg_namelen ERRORfailed to allocate rx descriptors: %d, error DEBUG addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_family ERRORath_stoprecv: rx queue %p, link %p, DEBUG udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_addr, usin->sin_port ERRORno mpdu (%s), __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERRORReset rx chain mask. Do internal reset. (%s), __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROROS_CANCEL_TIMER failed!! DEBUG socki_lookup: socket le changed! ERROR%s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR%s: unable to collect channel list from hal; DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \ ERROR%s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u ags 0x%x, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \ ERROR%s: unable to reset channel %u (%uMhz) DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg->msg_namelen ERROR%s: unable to restart recv logic, DEBUG addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_family ERROR%s: start DFS WAIT period on channel %d, __func__,sc->sc_curchan.channel DEBUG udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_addr, usin->sin_port ERROR%s: cancel DFS WAIT period on channel %d, __func__, sc->sc_curchan.channel DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERRORNon-DFS channel, cancelling previous DFS wait timer channel %d, sc->sc_curchan.channel DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u DEBUG socki_lookup: socket le changed! ERROR%s: unable to start recv logic, __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR%s: unable to start recv logic, __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \ ERROR%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \ ERRORhardware error; reseting DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg->msg_namelen ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 290Appendix D - Log Output Referencerx FIFO overrun; reseting DEBUG addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_family ERROR%s: During Wow Sleep and got BMISS, __func__ DEBUG udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_addr, usin->sin_port ERRORAC\tRTS \tAggr Scaling\tMin Rate(Kbps)\tHBR \tPER LOW THRESHOLD DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERRORBE\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERRORBK\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG socki_lookup: socket le changed! ERRORVI\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERRORVO\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG rebootHook: null function pointer ERROR--%d,%p,%lu:0x%x 0x%x 0x%p 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x, DEBUG Bad ioctl command ERRORbb state: 0x%08x 0x%08x, bbstate(sc, 4ul), bbstate(sc, 5ul) DEBUG fResetMod: Failed to congure gpio pin ERROR%08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x%08x %08x %08x %08x, DEBUG fResetMod: Failed to register interrupt handler ERRORnoise oor: (%d, %d) (%d, %d) (%d, %d), DEBUG registering char device failed ERROR%p: %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x, DEBUG unregistering char device failed ERROR--%d,%p,%lu:0x%x 0x%x 0x%p 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x, DEBUG proc entry delete failed ERROR%08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x%08x %08x %08x %08x, DEBUG proc entry initialization failed ERROR%s: unable to allocate device object., __func__ DEBUG testCompHandler: received %s from %d, (char *)pInBuf, ERROR%s: unable to attach hardware; HAL status %u, DEBUG UMI proto registration failed %d,ret ERROR%s: HAL ABI msmatch; DEBUG AF_UMI registration failed %d,ret ERROR%s: Warning, using only %u entries in %u key cache, DEBUG umi initialization failed %d,ret ERRORunable to setup a beacon xmit queue! DEBUG kernel UMI registration failed! ERRORunable to setup CAB xmit queue! DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:447:KERN_ERR ERRORunable to setup xmit queue for BE trac! DEBUG ERROR msm not found properly %d, len %d, msm, ERROR%s DFS attach failed, __func__ DEBUG ModExp returned Error ERROR%s: Invalid interface id = %u, __func__, if_id DEBUG ModExp returned Error ERROR%s:grppoll Buf allocation failed ,__func__ DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, (unsigned int)len ERROR%s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG %03d:, i ERROR%s: Invalid interface id = %u, __func__, if_id DEBUG %02x, ((unsigned char *)p)[i] ERROR%s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__ DEBUG mic check failed ERROR%s: Tx Antenna Switch. Do internal reset., __func__ DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, (unsigned int)len ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 291Appendix D - Log Output ReferenceRadar found on channel %d (%d MHz), DEBUG %03d:, i ERROREnd of DFS wait period DEBUG %02x, ((unsigned char *)p)[i] ERROR%s error allocating beacon, __func__ DEBUG mic check failed ERRORfailed to allocate UAPSD QoS NULL tx descriptors: %d, error DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERRORfailed to allocate UAPSD QoS NULL wbuf DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR%s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__ DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR%s: unable to update h/w beacon queue parameters, DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERRORALREADY ACTIVATED DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR%s: missed %u consecutive beacons, DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR%s: busy times: rx_clear=%d, rx_frame=%d, tx_frame=%d, __func__, rx_clear, rx_frame, tx_frame DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR%s: unable to obtain busy times, __func__ DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR%s: beacon is ocially stuck, DEBUG [%s]: Wrong parameters, __func__ ERRORBusy environment detected DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key Length %d, __func__, des_key_len ERRORInteference detected DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters %d, __func__, des_key_len ERRORrx_clear=%d, rx_frame=%d, tx_frame=%d, DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key Length %d, __func__, des_key_len ERROR%s: resume beacon xmit after %u misses, DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR%s: stuck beacon; resetting (bmiss count %u), DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key Length, __func__ ERROREMPTY QUEUE DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERRORSWRInfo: seqno %d isswRetry %d retryCnt %d,wh ? (*(u_int16_t *)&wh->i_seq[0]) >> 4 : 0, bf->bf_isswretry,bf->bf_swretriesDEBUG [%s] Wrong Key Length, __func__ ERRORBuer #%08X --> Next#%08X Prev#%08X Last#%08X,bf, TAILQ_NEXT(bf,bf_list), DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Stas#%08X ag#%08X Node#%08X, bf->bf_status, bf->bf_ags, bf->bf_node DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERRORDescr #%08X --> Next#%08X Data#%08X Ctl0#%08X Ctl1#%08X, bf->bf_daddr, ds->ds_link, ds->ds_data, ds->ds_ctl0, ds->ds_ctl1DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Ctl2#%08X Ctl3#%08X Sta0#%08X Sta1#%08X,ds->ds_hw[0], ds->ds_hw[1], lastds->ds_hw[2], lastds->ds_hw[3]DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERRORError entering wow mode DEBUG device name=%s not found, pReq->ifName ERRORWakingup due to wow signal DEBUG unable to register KIFDEV to UMI ERROR%s, wowStatus = 0x%x, __func__, wowStatus DEBUG ERROR: %s: Timeout at page %#0x addr %#0x ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 292Appendix D - Log Output ReferencePattern added already DEBUG ERROR: %s: Timeout at page %#0x addr %#0x ERRORError : All the %d pattern are in use. Cannot add a new pattern , MAX_NUM_PATTERN DEBUG Invalid IOCTL %#08x, cmd ERRORPattern added to entry %d ,i DEBUG %s: unable to register device, dev->name ERRORRemove wake up pattern DEBUG ath_pci: 32-bit DMA not available ERRORmask = %p pat = %p ,maskBytes,patternBytes DEBUG ath_pci: cannot reserve PCI memory region ERRORmask = %x pat = %x ,(u_int32_t)maskBytes, (u_int32_t)patternBytes DEBUG ath_pci: cannot remap PCI memory region) ; ERRORPattern Removed from entry %d ,i DEBUG ath_pci: no memory for device state ERRORError : Pattern not found DEBUG %s: unable to register device, dev->name ERRORPPM STATE ILLEGAL %x %x, forcePpmStateCur, afp->forceState DEBUG ath_dev_probe: no memory for device state ERRORFORCE_PPM %4d %6.6x %8.8x %8.8x %8.8x %3.3x %4.4x, DEBUG %s: no memory for device state, __func__ ERRORfailed to allocate tx descriptors: %d, error DEBUG kernel MIBCTL registration failed! ERRORfailed to allocate beacon descripotrs: %d, error DEBUG Bad ioctl command ERRORfailed to allocate UAPSD descripotrs: %d, error DEBUG WpsMod: Failed to congure gpio pin ERRORhal qnum %u out of range, max %u!, DEBUG WpsMod: Failed to register interrupt handler ERRORHAL AC %u out of range, max %zu!, DEBUG registering char device failed ERRORHAL AC %u out of range, max %zu!, DEBUG unregistering char device failed ERROR%s: unable to update hardware queue %u!, DEBUG %s:%d - ERROR: non-NULL node pointer in %p, %p<%s>! ERRORMulticast Q: DEBUG %s:%d - ERROR: non-NULL node pointer in %p, %p<%s>! ERROR%p , buf DEBUG can’t alloc name %s, name ERRORbuf ags - 0x%08x --------- , buf->bf_ags DEBUG %s: unable to register device, dev->name ERRORbuf status - 0x%08x, buf->bf_status DEBUG failed to automatically load module: %s; \ ERROR# frames in aggr - %d, length of aggregate - %d, length of frame - %d, sequence number - %d, tidno - %d, DEBUG Unable to load needed module: %s; no support for \ ERRORisdata: %d isaggr: %d isampdu: %d ht: %d isretried: %d isxretried: %d shpreamble: %d isbar: %d ispspoll: %d aggrburst: %d calcairtime: %d qosnulleosp: %d,DEBUG Module \%s\ is not known, buf ERROR%p: 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x, DEBUG Error loading module \%s\, buf ERROR0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x, DEBUG Module \%s\ failed to initialize, buf ERROR0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x, DEBUG ath_pci: 32-bit DMA not available ERRORsc_txq[%d] : , i DEBUG ath_pci: cannot reserve PCI memory region ERRORtid %p pause %d : , tid, tid->paused DEBUG ath_pci: cannot remap PCI memory region) ; ERROR%d: %p , j, tid->tx_buf[j] DEBUG ath_pci: no memory for device state ERROR%p , buf DEBUG %s: unable to attach hardware: ‘%s’ (HAL status %u), ERRORaxq_q: DEBUG %s: HAL ABI mismatch; ERROR
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 293Appendix D - Log Output Reference%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, __func__, status DEBUG %s: failed to allocate descriptors: %d, ERROR****ASSERTION HIT**** DEBUG %s: unable to setup a beacon xmit queue!, ERRORMacAddr=%s, DEBUG %s: unable to setup CAB xmit queue!, ERRORTxBufIdx=%d, i DEBUG %s: unable to setup xmit queue for %s trac!, ERRORTid=%d, tidno DEBUG %s: unable to register device, dev->name ERRORAthBuf=%p, tid->tx_buf[i] DEBUG %s: autocreation of VAP failed: %d, ERROR%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, DEBUG ath_dev_probe: no memory for device state ERROR%s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, DEBUG kdot11RogueAPEnable called with NULL argument. ERROR%s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG kdot11RogueAPEnable: can not add more interfaces ERROR_fmt, __VA_ARGS__ \ DEBUG kdot11RogueAPGetState called with NULL argument. ERRORsample_pri=%d is a multiple of refpri=%d, sample_pri, refpri DEBUG kdot11RogueAPDisable called with NULL argument. ERROR===========ft->ft_numlters=%u===========, ft->ft_numlters DEBUG %s: SKB does not exist., __FUNCTION__ ERRORlter[%d] lterID = %d rf_numpulses=%u; rf->rf_minpri=%u; rf->rf_maxpri=%u; rf->rf_threshold=%u; rf->rf_lterlen=%u; rf->rf_mindur=%u; rf->rf_maxdur=%u,j, rf->rf_pulseid,DEBUG %s: recvd invalid skb ERRORNOL DEBUG unable to register KIFDEV to UMI ERRORWARNING!!! 10 minute CAC period as channel is a weather radar channel DEBUG The system is going to factory defaults........!!! CRITICAL%s disable detects, __func__ DEBUG %s, msg CRITICAL%s enable detects, __func__ DEBUG %02x, *(data + i) CRITICAL%s disable FFT val=0x%x , __func__, val DEBUG Inside crypt_open in driver ###### CRITICAL%s enable FFT val=0x%x , __func__, val DEBUG Inside crypt_release in driver ###### CRITICAL%s debug level now = 0x%x , __func__, dfs_debug_level DEBUG Inside crypt_init module in driver @@@@@@@@ CRITICALRateTable:%d, maxvalidrate:%d, ratemax:%d, pRc->rateTableSize,k,pRc->rateMaxPhy DEBUG Inside crypt_cleanup module in driver @@@@@@@@ CRITICAL%s: txRate value of 0x%x is bad., __FUNCTION__, txRate DEBUG SKB is null : %p ,skb CRITICALValid Rate Table:- DEBUG DST is null : %p ,dst CRITICAL Index:%d, value:%d, code:%x, rate:%d, ag:%x, i, (int)validRateIndex[i], DEBUG DEV is null %p %p ,dev,dst CRITICALRateTable:%d, maxvalidrate:%d, ratemax:%d, pRc->rateTableSize,k,pRc->rateMaxPhy DEBUG Packet is Fragmented %d,pBufMgr->len CRITICALCan’t allocate memory for ath_vap. DEBUGMarked the packet proto:%d sip:%x dip:%x sport:%d dport:%d spi:%d,isr:%p:%p %pCRITICALUnable to add an interface for ath_dev. DEBUG SAV CHECK FAILED IN DECRYPTION CRITICAL%s: [%02u] %-7s , tag, ix, ciphers[hk->kv_type] DEBUG FAST PATH Breaks on BUF CHECK CRITICAL%02x, hk->kv_val[i] DEBUG FAST PATH Breaks on DST CHECK CRITICAL mac %02x-%02x-%02x-%02x-%02x-%02x, mac[0], mac[1], mac[2], mac[3], mac[4], mac[5] DEBUGFAST PATH Breaks on MTU %d %d %d,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),mtu,dst_mtu(pDst->path)CRITICAL
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 294Appendix D - Log Output Reference mac 00-00-00-00-00-00 DEBUGFAST PATH Breaks on MAX PACKET %d %d,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),IP_MAX_PACKETCRITICAL%02x, hk->kv_mic[i] DEBUG SAV CHECK FAILED IN ENCRYPTION CRITICAL txmic DEBUGMatch Found proto %d spi %d,pPktInfo->proto,pFlowEntry->pre.spiCRITICAL%02x, hk->kv_txmic[i] DEBUGPRE: proto: %u srcip:%u.%u.%u.%u sport :%u dstip: %u.%u.%u.%u dport: %u,CRITICALCannot support setting tx and rx keys individually DEBUGPOST: proto: %u srcip:%u.%u.%u.%u sport :%u dstip: %u.%u.%u.%u dport: %u,CRITICALbogus frame type 0x%x (%s), DEBUG Clearing the ISR %p,p CRITICALERROR: ieee80211_encap ret NULL DEBUG PROTO:%d %u.%u.%u.%u--->%u.%u.%u.%u, CRITICALERROR: ath_amsdu_attach not called DEBUG ESP-DONE: %p %p,sav,m CRITICAL%s: no memory for cwm attach, __func__ DEBUG ESP-BAD: %p %p,sav,m CRITICAL%s: error - acw NULL. Possible attach failure, __func__ DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICAL%s: unable to abort tx dma, __func__ DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICAL%s: no memory for  attach, __func__ DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input \ CRITICALFailed to initiate PBC based enrolle association DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICALKERN_EMERG Returing error in INTR registration DEBUG AH: Assigning the secure ags for sav :%p,sav CRITICALKERN_EMERG Initialzing Wps module DEBUGESP: Assigning the secure ags for sav :%p skb:%p src:%x dst:%x,sav,skb,ip->ip_src.s_addr,ip->ip_dst.s_addrCRITICAL%s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__ DEBUG%s Buer %d mtu %d path mtu %d header %d trailer %d,__func__,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),mtu,dst_mtu(pDst->path),pDst->header_len,pDst->trailer_lenCRITICAL
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 295Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outsAppendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs Signal RJ-45 Cable Adapter SignalRJ-45 PIN DB-9 PINCTSNCNCNCDTR NC NC NCTxD 6 3 RxDGND 5 5 GNDGND 4 5 GNDRxD 3 2 TxDDSR NC NC NCRTS NC NC NC
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 296Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section )Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section )  Country  Channel supported in20 Mhz Channel supported in 40 Mhz   Upper side bandLower side band1) Australia 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 1572) Russia 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 1573) Iceland 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,444) Singapore 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,445) Sweden 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,446) Taiwan 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 115, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 75 Ghz 56, 60, 64, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 64, 153, 161 60, 149, 1577) Finland 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,448) Slovenia 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,449) Ireland 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4410) United states 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 115, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 75 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 297Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section )11) Latin America 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 16540, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 15712) Denmark 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4413) Germany 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4414) Netherlands 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4415) Norway 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36, 4416) Poland 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4417) Luxembourg 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4418) South Africa 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4419) United Kingdom 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4420) Ireland 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4421) France 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4422) Israel 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4423) Korea 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 15724) Japan 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,4425) Egypt 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64 40, 48, 56, 64 36, 44, 52, 6026) Brazil 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12,135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12,131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,8,9
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 298Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section )5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 15727) Canada 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 115, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 75 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 16540, 48, 153, 16136, 44, 149, 15728) China 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 135, 6,7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 131, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 95 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 16540, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 299Appendix G - Product Statement1. DSR-1000N Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Notice: Radio Frequency Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment o and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:x Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.x Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.x Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is connected.x Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.FCC Radiation Exposure StatementThis equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body.This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.The antennas used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a spectrum distance of at least 20cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range.Non-modication StatementUse only the integral antenna supplied by the manufacturer when operating this device. Unauthorized antennas, modications, or attachments could damage the TI Navigator access point and violate FCC regulations. Any changes or modications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.Appendix G - Product Statement
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 300Appendix G - Product StatementCanadian Department of Communications Industry Canada (IC) NoticeCAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)Industry Canada StatementThis device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et(2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure StatementThis equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End users must follow the specic operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. To maintain compliance with IC RF exposure compliance requirements, please follow operation instruction as documented in this manual.This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range.Europe – EU Declaration of ConformityThis device complies with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. The followingtest methods have been applied in order to prove presumption of conformity with the essential requirementsof the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC:- EN 60950-1: 2006+A11:2009Safety of information technology equipment- EN 300 328 V1.7.1 (2006-10)Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband transmission systems; Datatransmission equipment operating in the 2,4 GHz ISM band and using wide band modulation techniques;Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive- EN 301 893-1 V1.5.1 (2008-12)Broadband Radio Access Networks (BRAN); 5 GHz high performance RLAN; Harmonized EN covering essential requirements of article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive- EN 301 489-17 V1.3.2 (2008-04) and EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1 (2008-04)Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC)standard for radio equipment and services; Part 17: Specic conditions for 2,4 GHz wideband transmissionsystems and 5 GHz high performance RLAN equipment
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 301Appendix G - Product StatementThis device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU memberstates and EFTA countries under the following conditions and/or with the following restrictions:- In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services.- This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 – 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the enduser should contact the national spectrum authority in France.This device is a 5 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU memberstates and EFTA countries under the following conditions and/or with the following restrictions:- This device may only be used indoors in the frequency bands 5150 – 5250 MHz.- In France and Luxembourg a limited implementation of the frequency bands 5150 – 5250 MHz and 5250 – 5350 MHz. In Luxermbourg it is not allowed to make use of the frequency band 5470 – 5725 MHz. End-users are encouraged to contact the national spectrum authorities in France and Luxembourg in order to obtain the latest information about any restrictions in the 5 GHz frequency band(s).
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 302Appendix G - Product StatementČesky [Czech][D-Link Corporation] tímto prohlašuje, že tento [DSR-1000N] je ve shodě se základními požadavky a dalšími příslušnými ustanoveními směrnice 1999/5/ES.Dansk [Danish]Undertegnede [D-Link Corporation] erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr [DSR-1000N] overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.Deutsch [German]Hiermit erklärt [D-Link Corporation], dass sich das Gerät [DSR-1000N] in Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG bendet.Eesti [Estonian]Käesolevaga kinnitab [D-Link Corporation] seadme [DSR-1000N] vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.English Hereby, [D-Link Corporation], declares that this [DSR-1000N] is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.Español [Spanish]Por medio de la presente [D-Link Corporation] declara que el [DSR-1000N] cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.Ελληνική [Greek]ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑ [D-Link Corporation] ΗΛΝΕΙ ΟΤΙ [DSR-1000N] ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΝΕΤΑΙ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΣ ΟΥΣΙΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΕΣ ΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΟΗΓΙΑΣ 1999/5/ΕΚ.Français [French]Par la présente [D-Link Corporation] déclare que l’appareil [DSR-1000N] est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE.Italiano [Italian]Con la presente [D-Link Corporation] dichiara che questo [DSR-1000N] è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.Latviski [Latvian]Ar šo [D-Link Corporation] deklarē, ka [DSR-1000N] atbilst Direktīvas 1999/5/EK būtiskajām prasībām un citiem ar to saistītajiem noteikumiem.Lietuvių [Lithuanian] Šiuo [D-Link Corporation] deklaruoja, kad šis [DSR-1000N] atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas.Nederlands [Dutch]Hierbij verklaart [D-Link Corporation] dat het toestel [DSR-1000N] in overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.Malti [Maltese]Hawnhekk, [D-Link Corporation], jiddikjara li dan [DSR-1000N] jikkonforma mal-ħtiġijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oħrajn relevanti li hemm d-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC.Magyar [Hungarian]Alulírott, [D-Link Corporation] nyilatkozom, hogy a [DSR-1000N] megfelel a vonatkozó alapvetõ követelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC irányelv egyéb elõírásainak.Polski [Polish]Niniejszym [D-Link Corporation] oświadcza, że [DSR-1000N] jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostałymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 303Appendix G - Product StatementPortuguês [Portuguese][D-Link Corporation] declara que este [DSR-1000N]está conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 1999/5/CE.Slovensko [Slovenian][D-Link Corporation] izjavlja, da je ta [DSR-1000N] v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi določili direktive 1999/5/ES.Slovensky [Slovak][D-Link Corporation] týmto vyhlasuje, že [DSR-1000N] spĺňa základné požiadavky a všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.Suomi [Finnish][D-Link Corporation] vakuuttaa täten että [DSR-1000N] tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.Svenska [Swedish]Härmed intygar [D-Link Corporation] att denna [DSR-1000N] står I överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 304Appendix G - Product Statement2.DSR-500NFederal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Notice: Radio Frequency NoticeThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment o and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:x Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.x Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.x Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is connected.x Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.FCC Radiation Exposure StatementThis equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body.This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.The antennas used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a spectrum distance of at least 20cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.This transmitter is restricted to indoor use in the 5150MHz to 5250MHz frequency range.Non-modication StatementUse only the integral antenna supplied by the manufacturer when operating this device. Unauthorized antennas, modications, or attachments could damage the TI Navigator access point and violate FCC regulations. Any changes or modications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.Canadian Department of Communications Industry Canada (IC) NoticeThis Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003 and RSS-210. Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 et CNR-210 du Canada.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 305Appendix G - Product StatementIndustry Canada StatementThis device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure StatementThis equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End users must follow the specic operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. To maintain compliance with IC RF exposure compliance requirements, please follow operation instruction as documented in this manual.Europe – EU Declaration of ConformityThis device complies with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. The followingtest methods have been applied in order to prove presumption of conformity with the essential requirementsof the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC:- EN 60950-1: 2006+A11:2009Safety of information technology equipment- EN 300 328 V1.7.1 (2006-10)Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband transmission systems; Datatransmission equipment operating in the 2,4 GHz ISM band and using wide band modulation techniques;Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE Directive- EN 301 489-17 V1.3.2 (2008-04) and EN 301 489-1 V1.8.1 (2008-04)Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC)standard for radio equipment and services; Part 17: Specic conditions for 2,4 GHz wideband transmissionsystems and 5 GHz high performance RLAN equipmentThis device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU memberstates and EFTA countries under the following conditions and/or with the following restrictions:- In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services.- This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 – 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the enduser should contact the national spectrum authority in France.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 306Appendix G - Product StatementýHVN\>&]HFK@>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@WtPWRSURKODãXMHåHWHQWR>'651@MHYHVKRGČVH]iNODGQtPLSRåDGDYN\DGDOãtPLSĜtVOXãQêPLXVWDQRYHQtPLVPČUQLFH(6'DQVN>'DQLVK@8QGHUWHJQHGH>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@HUNOUHUKHUYHGDWI¡OJHQGHXGVW\U>'651@RYHUKROGHUGHYVHQWOLJHNUDYRJ¡YULJHUHOHYDQWHNUDYLGLUHNWLY()'HXWVFK>*HUPDQ@+LHUPLWHUNOlUW>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@GDVVVLFKGDV*HUlW>'651@LQhEHUHLQVWLPPXQJPLWGHQJUXQGOHJHQGHQ$QIRUGHUXQJHQXQGGHQEULJHQHLQVFKOlJLJHQ%HVWLPPXQJHQGHU5LFKWOLQLH(*EH¿QGHW(HVWL>(VWRQLDQ@.lHVROHYDJDNLQQLWDE>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@VHDGPH>'651@YDVWDYXVWGLUHNWLLYL(hS}KLQ}XHWHOHMDQLPHWDWXGGLUHNWLLYLVWWXOHQHYDWHOHWHLVWHOHDVMDNRKDVWHOHVlWHWHOH(QJOLVK +HUHE\>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@GHFODUHVWKDWWKLV>'651@LVLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHHVVHQWLDOUHTXLUHPHQWVDQGRWKHUUHOHYDQWSURYLVLRQVRI'LUHFWLYH(&(VSDxRO>6SDQLVK@3RUPHGLRGHODSUHVHQWH>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@GHFODUDTXHHO>'651@FXPSOHFRQORVUHTXLVLWRVHVHQFLDOHV\FXDOHVTXLHUDRWUDVGLVSRVLFLRQHVDSOLFDEOHVRH[LJLEOHVGHOD'LUHFWLYD&(ǼȜȜȘȞȚțȒ>*UHHN@ȂǼȉǾȃȆǹȇȅȊȈǹ>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@ǻǾȁȍȃǼǿȅȉǿ>'651@ȈȊȂȂȅȇĭȍȃǼȉǹǿȆȇȅȈȉǿȈȅȊȈǿȍǻǼǿȈǹȆǹǿȉǾȈǼǿȈȀǹǿȉǿȈȁȅǿȆǼȈȈȋǼȉǿȀǼȈǻǿǹȉǹȄǼǿȈȉǾȈȅǻǾīǿǹȈǼȀ)UDQoDLV>)UHQFK@3DUODSUpVHQWH>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@GpFODUHTXHO¶DSSDUHLO>'651@HVWFRQIRUPHDX[H[LJHQFHVHVVHQWLHOOHVHWDX[DXWUHVGLVSRVLWLRQVSHUWLQHQWHVGHODGLUHFWLYH&(,WDOLDQR>,WDOLDQ@&RQODSUHVHQWH>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@GLFKLDUDFKHTXHVWR>'651@qFRQIRUPHDLUHTXLVLWLHVVHQ]LDOLHGDOOHDOWUHGLVSRVL]LRQLSHUWLQHQWLVWDELOLWHGDOODGLUHWWLYD&(/DWYLVNL>/DWYLDQ@$UãR>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@GHNODUƝND>'651@DWELOVW'LUHNWƯYDV(.EnjWLVNDMƗPSUDVƯEƗPXQFLWLHPDUWRVDLVWƯWDMLHPQRWHLNXPLHP/LHWXYLǐ>/LWKXDQLDQ@âLXR>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@GHNODUXRMDNDGãLV>'651@DWLWLQNDHVPLQLXVUHLNDODYLPXVLUNLWDV(%'LUHNW\YRVQXRVWDWDV1HGHUODQGV>'XWFK@+LHUELMYHUNODDUW>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@GDWKHWWRHVWHO>'651@LQRYHUHHQVWHPPLQJLVPHWGHHVVHQWLsOHHLVHQHQGHDQGHUHUHOHYDQWHEHSDOLQJHQYDQULFKWOLMQ(*0DOWL>0DOWHVH@+DZQKHNN>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@MLGGLNMDUDOLGDQ>'651@MLNNRQIRUPDPDOƫWLƥLMLHWHVVHQ]MDOLXPDSURYYHGLPHQWLRƫUDMQUHOHYDQWLOLKHPP¿G'LUUHWWLYD(&0DJ\DU>+XQJDULDQ@$OXOtURWW>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@Q\LODWNR]RPKRJ\D>'651@PHJIHOHODYRQDWNR]yDODSYHW}N|YHWHOPpQ\HNQHNpVD](&LUiQ\HOYHJ\pEHO}tUiVDLQDN3ROVNL>3ROLVK@1LQLHMV]\P>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@RĞZLDGF]DĪH>'651@MHVW]JRGQ\]]DVDGQLF]\PLZ\PRJDPLRUD]SR]RVWDá\PLVWRVRZQ\PLSRVWDQRZLHQLDPL'\UHNW\Z\(&
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 307Appendix G - Product Statement3RUWXJXrV>3RUWXJXHVH@>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@GHFODUDTXHHVWH>'651@HVWiFRQIRUPHFRPRVUHTXLVLWRVHVVHQFLDLVHRXWUDVGLVSRVLo}HVGD'LUHFWLYD&(6ORYHQVNR>6ORYHQLDQ@>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@L]MDYOMDGDMHWD>'651@YVNODGX]ELVWYHQLPL]DKWHYDPLLQRVWDOLPLUHOHYDQWQLPLGRORþLOLGLUHNWLYH(66ORYHQVN\>6ORYDN@>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@WêPWRY\KODVXMHåH>'651@VSĎĖD]iNODGQpSRåLDGDYN\DYãHWN\SUtVOXãQpXVWDQRYHQLD6PHUQLFH(66XRPL>)LQQLVK@>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@YDNXXWWDDWlWHQHWWl>'651@W\\SSLQHQODLWHRQGLUHNWLLYLQ(<ROHHOOLVWHQYDDWLPXVWHQMDVLWlNRVNHYLHQGLUHNWLLYLQPXLGHQHKWRMHQPXNDLQHQ6YHQVND>6ZHGLVK@+lUPHGLQW\JDU>'/LQN&RUSRUDWLRQ@DWWGHQQD>'651@VWnU,|YHUHQVVWlPPHOVHPHGGHYlVHQWOLJDHJHQVNDSVNUDYRFK|YULJDUHOHYDQWDEHVWlPPHOVHUVRPIUDPJnUDYGLUHNWLY(*
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 308Appendix G - Product Statement3.DSR-250NFederal Communication Commission Interference StatementThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment o and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:x Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.x Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.x Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is connected.x Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.FCC Caution: Any changes or modications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.RSS-GEN 7.1.4:User Manual for Transmitters with Detachable AntennasThe user manual of transmitter devices equipped with detachable antennas shall contain the following information in a conspicuous location:This device has been designed to operate with the antennas listed below, and having a maximum gain of [1.8] dB. Antennas not included in this list or having a gain greater than [1.8] dB are strictly prohibited for use with this device. The required antenna impedance is [50] ohms.RSS-GEN 7.1.5To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more than that permitted for successful communication.Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en comSpromettre le fonctionnement.Is herewith conrmed to comply with the requirements set out in the Council Directive on the Approximation of the Laws of the Member States relating to Electromagnetic Compatibility (2004/108/
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 309Appendix G - Product StatementEC), Low-voltage Directive (2006/95/EC), the procedures given in European Council Directive 99/5/EC and 2004/104/EC.The equipment was passed. The test was performed according to the following European standards:EN 300 328 V.1.7.1EN 301 489-1 V.1. 8.1 / EN 301 489-17 V.2.1.1EN 62311EN 60950-1Regulatory statement (R&TTE)European standards dictate maximum radiated transmit power of 100mW EIRP and frequency range 2.400-2.4835GHz; In France, the equipment must be restricted to the 2.4465-2.4835GHz frequency range and must be restricted to indoor use.Operation of this device is subjected to the following National regulations and may be prohibited to use if certain restriction should be applied.D=0.020m is the minimum safety distance between the EUT and human body when the E-Field strength is 61V/m.NCC Warning Statement Article 12 Without permission, any company, rm or user shall not alter the frequency, increase the power, or change the characteristics and functions of the original design of the certied lower power frequency electric machinery. Article 14 The application of low power frequency electric machineries shall not aect the navigation safety nor interfere a legal communication, if an interference is found, the service will be suspended until improvement is made and the interference no longer exists.Canadian Department of Communications Industry Canada (IC) NoticeCAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)Industry Canada StatementThis device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et(2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 310Appendix G - Product StatementRadiation Exposure Statement:The device meets the exemption from the routine evaluation limits in section 2.5 of RSS 102 and compliance with RSS-102 RF exposure, users can obtain Canadian information on RF exposure and compliance. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body.Déclaration d’exposition aux radiations:Le dispositif rencontre l’exemption des limites courantes d’évaluation dans la section 2.5 de RSS 102 et la conformité à l’exposition de RSS-102 rf, utilisateurs peut obtenir l’information canadienne sur l’exposition et la conformité de rf.Cet émetteur ne doit pas être Co-placé ou ne fonctionnant en même temps qu’aucune autre antenne ou émetteur. Cet équipement devrait être installé et actionné avec une distance minimum de 20 centimètres entre le radiateur et votre corps.This radio transmitter (Model:DSR-250N) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device.Le présent émetteur radio (Model:DSR-250N) a été approuvé par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d’antenne énumérés ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l’impédance requise pour chaque type d’antenne. Les types d’antenne non inclus dans cette liste, ou dont le gain est supérieur au gain maximal indiqué, sont strictement interdits pour l’exploitation de l’émetteur.Ant. Brand Model Name Antenna Type Connector Gain (dBi)1 SSR-02521 Dipole R-SMA 2.852 SSR-02521 Dipole R-SMA 2.71This device complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and it also complies with Part 15 of the FCC RF Rules. This equipment must be installed and operated in accordance with provided instructions and the antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and consider removing the no-collocation statement.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 311Appendix G - Product Statement4. DSR-150NFederal Communication Commission Interference StatementThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment o and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:x Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.x Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.x Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is connected.x Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.FCC Caution: Any changes or modications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.IMPORTANT NOTE:FCC Radiation Exposure Statement:This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body.This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.The availability of some specic channels and/or operational frequency bands are country dependent and are rmware programmed at the factory to match the intended destination. The rmware setting is not accessible by the end user.Note: The country code selection is for non-US model only and is not available to all US model. Per FCC regulation, all WiFi product marketed in US must xed to US operation channels only..Europe – EU Declaration of ConformityThis device complies with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC. The following test methods have been applied in order to prove presumption of conformity with the essential requirements of the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC:
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 312Appendix G - Product StatementEN 60950-1: Safety of Information Technology EquipmentEN50385 : (2002-08)Product standard to demonstrate the compliance of radio base stations and xed terminal stations for wireless telecommunication systems with the basic restrictions or the reference levels related to human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic elds (110MHz - 40 GHz) - General publicEN 300 328 V1.7.1: (2006-10)Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); Wideband Transmission systems; Data transmission equipment operating in the 2,4 GHz ISM band and using spread spectrum modulation techniques; Harmonized EN covering essential requirements under article 3.2 of the R&TTE DirectiveEN 301 489-1 V1.8.1: (2008-04)Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio Spectrum Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment and services; Part 1: Common technical requirementsEN 301 489-17 V2.1.1 (2009-05) Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM); ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC) standard for radio equipment; Part 17: Specic conditions for Broadband Data Transmission SystemsThis device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries, except in France and Italy where restrictive use applies.In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services.This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 – 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the end-user should contact the national spectrum authority in France.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 313Appendix G - Product StatementČesky [Czech][Jméno výrobce] tímto prohlašuje, že tento [typ zařízení] je ve shodě se základními požadavky a dalšími příslušnými ustanoveními směrnice 1999/5/ES.Dansk [Danish]Undertegnede [fabrikantens navn] erklærer herved, at følgende udstyr [udstyrets typebetegnelse] overholder de væsentlige krav og øvrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF.Deutsch [German]Hiermit erklärt [Name des Herstellers], dass sich das Gerät [Gerätetyp] in Übereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den übrigen einschlägigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG bendet.Eesti [Estonian]Käesolevaga kinnitab [tootja nimi = name of manufacturer] seadme [seadme tüüp = type of equipment] vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/EÜ põhinõuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele sätetele.English Hereby, [name of manufacturer], declares that this [type of equipment] is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.Español [Spanish]Por medio de la presente [nombre del fabricante] declara que el [clase de equipo] cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE.Ελληνική [Greek]ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΑΡΟΥΣΑ [name of manufacturer] ΗΛΝΕΙ ΟΤΙ [type of equipment] ΣΥΜΜΟΡΦΝΕΤΑΙ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΣ ΟΥΣΙΕΙΣ ΑΠΑΙΤΗΣΕΙΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΙΣ ΛΟΙΠΕΣ ΣΧΕΤΙΚΕΣ ΙΑΤΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΗΣ ΟΗΓΙΑΣ 1999/5/ΕΚ.Français [French]Par la présente [nom du fabricant] déclare que l’appareil [type d’appareil] est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE.Italiano [Italian]Con la presente [nome del costruttore] dichiara che questo [tipo di apparecchio] è conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE.Latviski [Latvian]Ar šo [name of manufacturer / izgatavotāja nosaukums] deklarē, ka [type of equipment / iekārtas tips] atbilst Direktīvas 1999/5/EK būtiskajām prasībām un citiem ar to saistītajiem noteikumiem.Lietuvių [Lithuanian] Šiuo [manufacturer name] deklaruoja, kad šis [equipment type] atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas.Nederlands [Dutch]Hierbij verklaart [naam van de fabrikant] dat het toestel [type van toestel] in overeenstemming is met de essentiële eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG.Malti [Maltese]Hawnhekk, [isem tal-manifattur], jiddikjara li dan [il-mudel tal-prodott] jikkonforma mal-ħtiġijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti oħrajn relevanti li hemm d-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC.Magyar [Hungarian]Alulírott, [gyártó neve] nyilatkozom, hogy a [... típus] megfelel a vonatkozó alapvetõ követelményeknek és az 1999/5/EC irányelv egyéb elõírásainak.Polski [Polish]Niniejszym [nazwa producenta] oświadcza, że [nazwa wyrobu] jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostałymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC.Português [Portuguese][Nome do fabricante] declara que este [tipo de equipamento] está conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposições da Directiva 1999/5/CE.Slovensko [Slovenian][Ime proizvajalca] izjavlja, da je ta [tip opreme] v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi določili direktive 1999/5/ES.Slovensky [Slovak][Meno výrobcu] týmto vyhlasuje, že [typ zariadenia] spĺňa základné požiadavky a všetky príslušné ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES.Suomi [Finnish][Valmistaja=manufacturer] vakuuttaa täten että [type of equipment = laitteen tyyppimerkintä] tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sitä koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen.Svenska [Swedish]Härmed intygar [företag] att denna [utrustningstyp] står I överensstämmelse med de väsentliga egenskapskrav och övriga relevanta bestämmelser som framgår av direktiv 1999/5/EG.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 314Appendix G - Product StatementIndustry Canada statement:This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.Ce dispositif est conforme à la norme CNR-210 d’Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage préjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reçu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indésirable. Radiation Exposure Statement:The device meets the exemption from the routine evaluation limits in section 2.5 of RSS 102 and compliance with RSS-102 RF exposure, users can obtain Canadian information on RF exposure and compliance. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20 centimeters between the radiator and your body.Déclaration d’exposition aux radiations:Le dispositif rencontre l’exemption des limites courantes d’évaluation dans la section 2.5 de RSS 102 et la conformité à l’exposition de RSS-102 rf, utilisateurs peut obtenir l’information canadienne sur l’exposition et la conformité de rf.Cet émetteur ne doit pas être Co-placé ou ne fonctionnant en même temps qu’aucune autre antenne ou émetteur. Cet équipement devrait être installé et actionné avec une distance minimum de 20 centimètres entre le radiateur et votre corps.Wall-Mount OptionThe Router has four wall-mount slots on its bottom panel.Before you begin, make sure you have two screws that are size #4 - this indicates a diameter measurement of 0.112inches (2.845mm).1. Determine where you want to mount the Router.2. Drill two holes into the wall. Make sure adjacent holes are 2.36 inches (60mm) apart.3. Insert a screw into each hole, and leave 0.2inches (5mm) of its head exposed.4. Maneuver the Router so the wall-mount slots line up with the two screws.5. Place the wall-mount slots over the screws and slide the Router down until the screws t snugly into the wall-mount slots.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 315Appendix G - Product Statement5.DSR-500ACFederal Communication Commission Interference StatementThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment o and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:x Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.x Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.x Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is connected.x Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.FCC Caution: Any changes or modications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Operation of this device is restricted to indoor use onlyIMPORTANT NOTE:Radiation Exposure Statement:This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body.This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.Country Code selection feature to be disabled for products marketed to the US/CANADAIndustry Canada statement: This device complies with Industry Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Cet appareil est conforme aux CNR exemptes de licence d’Industrie Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:(1) Ce dispositif ne peut causer d’interférences; et(2) Ce dispositif doit accepter toute interférence, y compris les interférences qui peuvent causer un mauvais fonctionnement de l’appareil.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 316Appendix G - Product StatementCaution:(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;Avertissement:(i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont réservés uniquement pour une utilisation à l’intérieur an de réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux;Radiation Exposure Statement:This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. Déclaration d’exposition aux radiations:Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC établies pour un environnement non contrôlé. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. This radio transmitter (IC: 4216A-SR500ACA1) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this deviceCet émetteur radio (IC: 4216A-SR500ACA1) a été approuvé par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d’antenne énumérés ci-dessous avec le gain maximal admissible indiqué. Types d’antennes ne gurent pas dans cette liste, ayant un gain supérieur au gain maximum indiqué pour ce type, sont strictement interdits pour une utilisation avec cet appareilType Manufacture Gain ConnectorDipole WHA YU 2dBi R-SMA
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 317Appendix G - Product Statement6.DSR-1000AC Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment o and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures: x Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.x Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.x Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit dierent from that to which the receiver is connected.x Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution: Any changes or modications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Operation of this device is restricted to indoor use only IMPORTANT NOTE:Radiation Exposure Statement:This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body.This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.Country Code selection feature to be disabled for products marketed to the US/CANADAIndustry Canada statement: This device complies with Industry Canada’s licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Cet appareil est conforme aux CNR exemptes de licence d’Industrie Canada. Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes:(1) Ce dispositif ne peut causer d’interférences; et(2) Ce dispositif doit accepter toute interférence, y compris les interférences qui peuvent causer un mauvais fonctionnement de l’appareil.
D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 318Appendix G - Product StatementCaution:(i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems;Avertissement:(i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont réservés uniquement pour une utilisation à l’intérieur an de réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux;Radiation Exposure Statement:This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20cm between the radiator & your body. Déclaration d’exposition aux radiations:Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC établies pour un environnement non contrôlé. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. This radio transmitter (IC: 4216A-SR1000ACA1) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this deviceCet émetteur radio (IC: 4216A-SR1000ACA1) a été approuvé par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d’antenne énumérés ci-dessous avec le gain maximal admissible indiqué. Types d’antennes ne gurent pas dans cette liste, ayant un gain supérieur au gain maximum indiqué pour ce type, sont strictement interdits pour une utilisation avec cet appareilType Manufacture Gain ConnectorDipole WHA YU 2dBi R-SMA

Navigation menu